1. No category



Ô‡‹»€a@k„bv�€a@¿@Ú–Ó–Ç@|fl˝fl
@LÔ„aá‡ó€a@tÏÀaÎ@Ô„biã€a@k�‘€a@ቫ@
@ãÁbƒ€a@Ô‡‹«@¿@µ‘‘z�æa@�yÎ@Lµœäb»€a@Êb�‹�
Âfl@∂βa@Ú‘j�‹€@ÍÜbíäg@ãz�i@Âfl@paã�”Î@@†bj€aÎ
@�Ëì€a@k�‘€a@ȉia@Ò��@¿@›r‡nm@Èibzñc@
@Ô–íbÿæa@ã–»u@ÑÓì€a
ISBN 9961 60 973 6
9 789961 609736
< <‚·_<°Úù]<ç–Ö]<éÖ]
<<
< <íËéË}<xÚøÚ
< <êÞ^e†Ö]<gŞÏÖ]<‚ßÂ<êÛ×ÃÖ]<gÞ^¢]<»
< <°ÏÏ]<uæ<H<°Ê…^ÃÖ]<á^Ş×‰<HêÞ]‚Û’Ö]<pçÇÖ]æ
< <à^fÖ]æ<†â^¿Ö]<êÛ×Â<»
< <êË^Ó¹]<êÎ^fÖ]<‚fÂ<éÖ]
<<
< <êË^{{{{{Ó¹]
<<
< <å^…c<†<àÚ<l]†ŞÎæ
< <äe^v‘_<àÚ<±æù]<íÏfŞ×Ö
< <ãÖ]<gŞÏÖ]<äße]<ì‰<»<ØnÛji
< <êË^Ó¹]<†ËÃq<éÖ]
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<<
<<
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‬
‫ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬- ‫ﻋﲔ ﻣﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
1
‫‪< <†{Ó<íÛ{×Ò‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﲪﺪﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ‪،‬ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻮﻏﻰ ﲪﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﳑﻦ ﺃﳊ ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﻮﺩﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﲝﻮﺯﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﲣﺺ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﲪ‪‬ﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﺟﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻀﺮ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﲪ‪‬ﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺡ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻓﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺒﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻣﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ـ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻓﻮﺯﻱ ﳒﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﲜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‪/‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﲝﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺪ ﰲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﲣﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﰲ )ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫א‬
‫<<‬
‫<<‬
‫<<‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫<]‪݆Òù]<Ôéfl fÞæ<<Ü¿Âù]<]<Ù牅<î×Â<Ø‘<Üã×Ö‬‬
‫<‪Ü׉æ<äfv‘æ<äÖa<î×Âæ<‚Û¦<^Þ‚é‰‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺫﻫﲏ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﲟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺑﻌﲔ ﻣﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﳎﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﲟﻌﻴﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻣﻬﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻠﻢ ﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻁ ‪1427/1426‬ﻫـ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟـ‪2007-2006‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻠﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺯﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﳒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺩﻓﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳊﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻴﺴﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺧﲑ‬
‫ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﻌﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﳓﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻭﺟﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﺫﻳﺎﺏ ﻗﻼﺏ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻭﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﻭﻓﺎﻩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻣﺎ ﻓﱴﺀ ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﲔ ﺭﲪﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫]‪< <Ü׉æ<äÖaæ<äé×Â<]<îב<‚Û¦<^Þ÷çÚ<^Þ‚é‰<^ãfu^‘<…]çÞ`e<ì…çß¹]<íß肹‬‬
‫]‪< <2007<ÛŠè<5<{{Ö<ÐÊ]ç¹]<{{â1427<ì‚ÃÏÖ]<æƒ<25<ð^Ãe…ù‬‬
‫]‪< <ä× Ö]<±c<ÏËÖ‬‬
‫<]‪< <äÞ]†ËÆæ<åçËÂæ<äj·…<êq]fl†Ö‬‬
‫<‪< <ç·<kèa<܉^Ï×e‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺡ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﻳﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺴﺎﱐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﳋﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﻑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻭﻧﻔﻌﻨﺎ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺁﻣﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﰊ ﺍﳌﺎﺷﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﺷﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻡ ﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﻘﻲ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﺓ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻡ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﻳﻠﺒﻤﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ‪ ،1939‬ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‬
‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ـ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ـ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ـ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﲞﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‬
‫‪ 9‬ـ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻱ ـ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<<‬
‫<<‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺻ ﹼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻚ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻡ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫‪< <íÚ‚{{ÏÚ‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﲏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﳌﺎﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻠﺪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺯﱄ ﺑﻼ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻼ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳓﻤﺪ ﻭﻧﺸﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﻳﻞ ﻧﻌﻤﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﱘ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺁﻻﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﱰﹼﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﲑﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴﺎﻩ ﲟﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻗﺪﺳﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻧﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻔﲔ ﺑﺎﶈﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻫﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺳﲑﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﺏ ﺑﺂﺩﺍ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻴﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﺩﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﺎ ﺭﺗﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ‪" :‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﳋﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎﺏ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒـﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟـﺎﻝ ﻓــﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻬـﻢ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺰﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺾ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎ‬
‫ﳛﻮﻱ ﻣﺂﺛﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺁﻟﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺿﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺟﻠﹼﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﲰﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﲔ ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺃﺧﺬﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻘﺎﺓ ﻋﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻼ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺬﻕ ﻓﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮ‪‬ﻑ‬
‫ﺴﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻋﺘﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻭﻗﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺍﰐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﰱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﱄ ﲝﻖ ﺑﻠﺴ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﻓ‪‬ﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺎﹰﻗﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻏﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺍﰐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﳉﻨﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻔﲏ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻳﺬ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﻈ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻭﻧﺜ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺣ ﹶﻜﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﺭﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎﺭﺕ ﱄ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻋﲏ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻛﺸﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺴﺒﲔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺆﺧﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺪﺭﻳﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﳓﻈﻰ‬
‫ﲟﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ...‬ﺁﻣﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺿﻤﻨﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇ ﹼﻻ‬
‫ﳊﻈﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﻳﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﲰﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘﺎﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻝ ﺟﻠﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺼﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻐﻔﻲ ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻓﺄﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﳊﺎﻛﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺎ ﻛ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺮﺩ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳌﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻦ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺧﻔﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﲰﻌﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻃﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺟﻮﺍﳓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻟﻘﹼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﳍﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺴﺒﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﲑ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻀﻲﺀ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻌﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﻬﺪﻳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﲣﻄﻮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻓﻜﹼﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩ ‪‬ﻭﻥ ﺟﺰ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻘﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻬﲑ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻳﺐ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻋﻼﻣﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻓﻌﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺪﺛﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ... ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺣﱴ‬
‫‪‬ﺑﹶﻠﻐ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﶈﺠ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﹰﻠﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺯﻫ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻭﻭﺭ ‪‬ﻋﺎ ﻭﻋ ﱠﻔﺔ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﺎ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻭ ِﺣﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﺜﺎ ‪‬ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﳘﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺰﺍﺋﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍ ﹰﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻐﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻧﺎﺻﺤﲔ ﻭﻣﺮﺷﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺩﺭ‪‬ﺓ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺩﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺮﻩ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﻮﹰﻓﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺤﻪ ﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺰ ًﺀﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻔﻬﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﻨﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﺣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻫﺪﻩ ﻭﻭﺭﻋﻪ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺟﺄﺕ ﺑﻘﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺰﺭ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲣﱠﻠﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻣﻬﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﲟﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻭﺑﺮﻫﺎ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻓ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﳌﻦ ﺭﺍﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﺠ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻤﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﺮ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻛﺐ ﻓﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻔﻲ ﻏﻠﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺩ‪‬ﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺼﻔﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻚ ﻻ ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﻭﻟﻜ ‪‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﲑﺓ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳏﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﺻﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﱄ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﻮﻩ ﻋﻘﻮﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻮﻩ ﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻜﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻨﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺮﺩ‪‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻄﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺆﺧﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺠ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﻱ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻀﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﶈﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺿﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻓﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺩ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻃـﺮﻳ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ِﺩﺍﺭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﻭﺃ‪‬ﻧﻰ ﱄ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺘﻬـﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺧ ‪‬ﱪﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﱄ ﻭﺃﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﳌﺜﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺍﲪﻬـﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﱂ ﺃﻟﻖ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛـﺪ ‪‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺒ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺅﺛﺮﻫــﻢ‬
‫ﺻﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻧﻔـ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‬
‫ﲟﻬﺠﱵ ﻭﺧﺼﻮ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻡ ﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠﺎﻳﺎ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻞ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻄ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼ ‪‬ﻮﻑ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﻇﺮﹶﻓﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﺍﻗﲏ ﻧﻈ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻫ ﹸﻞ ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﺎﰊ ﺍﱠﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﳑ‪‬ﻦ ﳚ ‪‬ﺮ ﺫﻳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌ ‪‬ﺰ ﻣﻔﺘﺨــ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﺯﺍﻝ ﴰﻠﻲ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﳎـﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻧ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻣﻌـﻔﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﻣﻐﻔﻮ ‪‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺿﺎﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﺎﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﺎﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﻴﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳚﻠﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺃﻧﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﳚﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﲡﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺘﺄﰐ ﺑﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﻏﻮﺍﻣﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻳﻌﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻔﺮ ﻳﻀﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲢﺪ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺮﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﺤﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺮﻱ ﻭﺗﻐﺪﻭ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺈﻣﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﳍﺎ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﺗﱪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻮﰉ ﳌﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﳌﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﻷﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻔﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻴﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻘﻰ ‪‬ﻢ ﺟﻠﻴﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﺍ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﱪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺑﻐﻴـﺮ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﳝـﺤﻲ ﻟــﻸﻭﺯﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺴﻬ‪‬ـﻢ ﻭﺍﶈـﺐ ﻭﺍﻟـﺰ‪‬ﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﺒـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺸﻘﻰ ﻣﺮﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﻳـﺎ ﺃﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﺒـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﳜﻠـﻖ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻠـﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔـﺮ ﺿﺒـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﹼﺍﻛﺮﻫـﻢ ﻳﻨﻴـﻠﻪ ﺛـﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﻥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺪﺭ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪‬ﺳِﺌ ﹶﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺑﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﺻﻮﻻ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﺬﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺧﺼﺎﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻷﺑـﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﺪﻗﹼﻘﺎ ﻭ ‪‬ﻣﻘـﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﳝﻴ‪‬ـﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺣﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﺍﻣـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﻳﻨﻘﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺐ ﺍﻷﻧ‪‬ﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻼﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﻴﻮﻑ ﺑﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺠـﺮ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻧﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻮﺍﻣﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ "ﺍﻟﱪﻋﻲ"‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﲡﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻜﻔﻴـﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺩ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺘﻬﻢ ﻧﻔــﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫א‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﻭﺟﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺀ ﻳﺆﺫﻳﻚ‬
‫א‬
‫* א‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א א *‪. ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﻣﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻃﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫*א‬
‫א‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(64 ، 63 ،62‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎب اﻷول‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻷول‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬
‫<اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻷول‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﺂﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫<<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎب اﻷول‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻷول‬
‫’^‪< <°£‬‬
‫]‪Ć Ö]<l^Ú]†Òæ<ð^éfÞù]<ˆq^ù<íé†Ö]<íÖù‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﲤﻬﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﻨﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺈﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺘﺒﺎﻫﻢ ﻟﻘﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲢﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑﺎ ﺁﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ـ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫*א‬
‫א‬
‫‪‬ﺃ‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫* א‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א א *‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻌﺖ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﺑﻨﻌﻮﺕ ﲣﺼﻬﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﳋﻠﹾﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﹶ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺸﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺧﺼ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻻﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺇﻟﻄﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺻﺎﱀ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺸﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(64 ، 63 ،62‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬א‬
‫*‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א א‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫א‪‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺖ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﳌﺮﱘ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺇﳝﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺮ‪‬ﺑﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﲟﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﷲ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺬ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺻﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﱪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻫﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﱂ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪" :‬ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺭﻫﻂ‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(26 ، 25‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫א א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪.(17 16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫א ‪:‬א‬
‫א‬
‫)‪.(37‬‬
‫ﳑﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﻓﺂﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺭ ﻓﺪﺧﻠﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳓﺪﺭﺕ ﺻﺨﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺪ‪‬ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺨﺮﺓ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﱄ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎﻥ ﻛﺒﲑﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺃﻏﺒﻖ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻇ ﹼﻞ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺑﺮﺡ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﳍﻤﺎ ﻏﺒﻮﻗﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺌﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮﻫﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻗﻈﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﻫﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﺒﻖ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺡ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﺎﻇﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺑﺎ ﻏﺒﻮﻗﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﺎﻓﺮﺝ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻔﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺟﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱄ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻣﺘﻨﻌﺖ ﺣﱴ ﺃﳌﹼﺖ ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺗﲏ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻻ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺾ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﲝﻘﹼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﺎﻓﺮﺝ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻔﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺨﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ " ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺇﱐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺟﺮﺕ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻏﲑ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺜﺮﻣﺖ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﱐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﲔ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺃ ‪‬ﺩ ﱄ ﺃﺟﺮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺮﺗﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻗﻴﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺗﺴﺘﻬﺰﺉ ﰊ؟ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻬﺰﺉ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﺎﻓﺮﺝ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻔﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺨﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﳝﺸﻮﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘ‪‬ﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﱪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﱪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺃﺷﻌﺚ ﺃﻏﱪ ﺫﻱ ﻃﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺑﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻷﺑﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫"ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ"‬
‫ﺍﳋﱪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﺴﻮﻕ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﲪﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺘﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﱂ ﺃﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﳍﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ! ﺑﻘﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ؟! ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ) :‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻛﻼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﻔﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺤﺖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﺩﻓﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺣﲔ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﱪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻴﺖ(‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻭﻱ ﰲ )ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ( ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻗﻂ ﻻ ﺃﻇﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻈﹼﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻴﺸﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻓﺄﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﺄﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻴﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻬ‪‬ﺰﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺷﺘ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﻭﻧﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﺎﺻﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﲨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﺰﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ ﻭﺧﻄﺐ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﲰﻊ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺟ ﹼﻞ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﻴﻮﺷﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺒﺎﺏ ‪‬ﺎﻭﻧﺪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺠﺄﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺠﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺼﺮﻭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮ‪‬ﺍﱐ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﲪﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺤ‪‬ﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ‪‬ﻣﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺺ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﺮ‪‬ﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﲪﻦ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫*‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫*א‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א א * ‪ . ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪‬א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﹶﺃ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪،3 ‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ ) :‬ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﻘﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺴﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(64 ، 63 ،62‬‬
‫‪ 2‬א‬
‫)‪.(257‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪ ،‬א‬
‫)‪(44‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺯﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪﻫﻢ ﲟﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺬﻑ ﺍﷲ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻧﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﺼﻰ ﰲ ﻛﻔﹼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻨﲔ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺗﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻨﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮ ﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺧﻴﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻨﻘﺺ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻸ ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﻮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻭﻫﻢ ﳓﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻛﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩ‪‬ﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻌﲔ ﺃﰊ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﲔ ﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﹼﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻑ ﻓﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻧﻜﺴﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣ ‪‬ﺰ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻠﻪ ﻓﻤﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﱪﺃﺕ ﻭﺃﻃﻌﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻛ ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﻓﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﰒ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ ﻭ‪‬ﺳﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤﺮ ﲨﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻤﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳉﺎﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﺣﺪ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻓﹼﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﲔ ﻭﺳﻘﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺳﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﲑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲨﻌﺖ ﳓﻮ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻀﲑ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﻓﱰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﹼﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﹼﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﻳﺄﻛﻼﻥ ﺻﺤﻔﺔ ﻓﺴﺒ‪‬ﺤﺖ ﺻﺤﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺴﺒ‪‬ﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴ‪‬ﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭﺃﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻀﲑ ﺧﺮﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﺄﺿﺎﺀ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻗﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻌﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ...‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﳌﹼﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺿﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺭﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﻓﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻓﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﺒﻌﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺒﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺳ ‪‬ﲑﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﲟﻜﹼﺔ ـ ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ـ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﻨﺐ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﲟﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﻬﲑﺓ ﹸﻗﺘﻞ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻤﺴﻮﺍ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺁﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺭﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻬﲑﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺭﻓﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺃ ‪‬ﻡ ﺃﳝﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﺩﺕ ﲤﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮ ـ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺋﻤﺔ ـ ﲰﻌﺖ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻓﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺩﻟﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﹼﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻄﺸﺖ ﺑﻘﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻤﺸﻰ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻭﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱪ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﺑ ‪‬ﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ـ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺃﺷﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﱪ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺑﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻷﺑﺮ‪‬ﻩ ـ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱪ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ"‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺃﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳌﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﳌﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﺘﲏ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺳﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﺤﻮﺍ ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﹸﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﱪ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﺼﻨﺎ ﺿﻴﻘﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺴﻠﻢ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺸﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻀﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻭﻗﹼﺎﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺩﻋﺎ ﻗﻂ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﺰﻡ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﰿ ﻓﺴﺄﻝ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﰒ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﳌﹼﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺟﻴﺸﺎ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﳜﻄﺐ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﺼﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻟﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻓﻬﺰﻣﻮﻧﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﻳﺎﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﻓﺄﺳﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﺒﻞ ﻓﻬﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﹼﺎ ﻋﺬﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺄﺑﺖ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺼﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻛ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻓﺄﻋﻤﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﳌﹼﺎ ﻛﺬﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻋﻢ ﺑﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﺎﺗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄﻭﺍ ﳌﹼﺎ ﻋﺪﻣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﺄﺟﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﳌﺎ ﺍﻏﺘﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﲞﻴﻮﳍﻢ ﻓﻤﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﻮﳍﻢ ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪﻭﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﺪ ﻭﺟﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﰊ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻮﻻﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﳋﺸﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﻋﻜﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺩﻋﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﳐﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻘﺖ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻓﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺴﻲ ﳌﺎ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﲰﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﹰﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺄﻟﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻭﻩ ﻗﺎﺋ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮ ‪‬ﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻼ ‪‬ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﱯ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺄﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪ‪‬ﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﳝﺘﲏ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻀﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺒ‪‬ﺄﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﺪﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻤﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺪﻋﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻓﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻄﺎﺀﻩ ﺃﻟﻔﻲ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻘﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳚﻲﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺲ ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺒﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺣﱴ ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻘﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺃﺳﺘﺤﻴﻲ‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮ‪‬ﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﻮ‪‬ﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻬﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ﲞﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻐﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺠ‪‬ﺎﺝ ﻓﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ ﻓﺪﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﺫﻳﻪ ﻓﺨ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺳﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﻻﲡﻌﻞ ﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬
‫ﲏ‬
‫ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺧﺬ ﺳﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﺎﺭﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺳﺮﺟﻪ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻫﻮﺍﺯ ﻓﺪﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻌﺖ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺩﻭﺧﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻤﺮ ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﹼﻲ ﰲ ﻏﻴﻈﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱠﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﹼﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺯﺋﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺃ‪‬ﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻼ ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻖ ﻏﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻊ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﲪﺎﺭ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﻣﺘﺎﻋﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺣﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﻬﻠﻮﱐ ﻫﻨﻴﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻮﺿ‪‬ﺄ ﻓﺄﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻰ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ ﲪﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﹼﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﱐ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻗﱪﺍ ﳏﻔﻮﺭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳊﺪ ﰲ ﺻﺨﺮﺓ ﻓﺪﻓﻨﻮﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻔﹼﻨﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺛﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻇﻠﹼﺘﻪ ﻏﻤﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﻊ ﳛﻤﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻋﻰ ﺭﻛﺎﺏ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺪﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﺮﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺨﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺠﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺁﻧﻴﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺴﲑﺍﻥ ﰲ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﺄﺿﺎﺀ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﹼﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻨﻒ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻗﻠﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﺭﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻗﱪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻫﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺴﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﳝﺘﺎﺭ ﻷﻫﻠﻪ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﲪﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻓﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ِﺣ‪‬ﻨ ﹶﻄﺔ ﲪﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲣﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﻋﻬﺎ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮ‪‬ﺗﺎ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻣ ‪‬ﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻏﺰﻳ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻌﺎ ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻜﻠﹼﻒ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺑﻜﻰ ﻭﺃﺑﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻣﻮﻋﻪ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺴﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣ‪‬ﺄ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﳓﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻜﺜﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴ ‪‬ﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﷲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻨﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻠ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻭﻏﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﳍﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﳊﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﹼﰎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻄﹼﺮﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫)ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﹰﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃ‪‬ﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺏ ﺃﺷﻌﺚ ﺃﻏ ‪‬ﱪ ‪ ...‬ﺍﱁ"‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ " :‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﰲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻎ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺿﲔ ﺍﱠﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﺜﻴﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮ‪‬ﺍﱐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺠ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺒﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﹼﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻼ ﺃﻇ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﰱ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺐ ﺗﺴﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻓﻀﺎ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﱠﻟﱵ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﳍﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﺒﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﳝﺎ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺧﺎﻟ ‪‬‬
‫]‪< <êÞ^nÖ]<Ø’ËÖ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﱢﻠﺜﺎﻡ ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﰲ ﰲ ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﳌﹼﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻑ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﲝﻖ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﳌﺎ ﻏﻔﺮﺕ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻚ ﳌﹼﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﲏ ﻭﻧﻔﺨﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﳏ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻭﱂ ﺃﺧﻠﻘﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎ ـ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻚ ﹼ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ـ ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻀﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﲰﻚ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺇﱄﹼ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻋﻮﱐ ﲝﻘﹼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻏﻔﺮﺕ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻗﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻷﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﰲ )ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ( ﻭﺻﺤ‪‬ﺤﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﱐ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻴﺴﺮﺓ‬
‫) ﺃ ـ ﻫـ ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫א‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻭ‪‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻏﻄﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א א‬
‫‪. ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺿﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﻜﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﱄ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷ ‪‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺁﺋﺖ ﺍﳌﻴﻀﺄﺓ ﻓﺘﻮﺿ‪‬ﺄ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺻ ﹼﻞ ﺭﻛﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﻞ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱐ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻚ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﱯ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(89‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺇﱐ ﺃﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ ﻓﻴﺠﻠﻲ ﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺷﻔﹼﻌﻪ ﰲﹼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻔﹼﻌﲏ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ"‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﻞ ﻭﻛﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﳜﺮﺟﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﱯ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﳝﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﳌﹼﺎ ﻣﺎﺗﺖ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﺳﺪ ﺃ ‪‬ﻡ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﳊ ‪‬ﺪﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ْﹶ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺩﺧﻞ ﳊﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺠﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻴﻲ ﻭﳝﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻻ ﳝﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻷﻣﻲ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺳ‪‬ﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﲝ ‪‬ﻖ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻚ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﱠﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻚ ﺃﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﲪﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺑ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ( ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺟ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺻﺤ‪‬ﺤﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﲝﻘﹼﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻫﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍ‪‬ﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﹼﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﱂ ﻧﺘﺮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ‪‬ﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻧﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻔﻮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺺ‬
‫ﻭﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ) :‬ﻓﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﻈﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺡ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻣ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﳛﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻜﻠﹼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ـ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﹼﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﲢﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺤﺐ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺷﺆﻭ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮ‪‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﲢﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ )ﺍﷲ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻛﻒﺀ ﻟﻪ )ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﺣﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺗﺘ‪‬ﺼﻒ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺰ‪‬ﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﱪﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟـ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻮ ِﺟﺪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﺸﺆﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ ﹶﻻ ﻟﹶـــ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻣ ﹶﻜـﺎ ﹾﻥ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻗﹸـ ‪‬ﺮ ٍِ‬
‫ﺕ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ٍﺪ‬
‫ﺏ ‪‬ﻋـ ‪‬ﻦ ِﺟﻬ‪‬ـﺎ ِ‬
‫ﱃ ﺍﻟﺮ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻌـﺎ ﹶ‬
‫ﺽ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﻟِﻠ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻌ ِﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ـﺐ‬
‫ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬
‫ﺐ ﺩ‪‬ﺍ ِﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺼـ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺒ ِﻊ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨـﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺍِﻓ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺿــﺮ‪‬ﺏ‬
‫ﺼﻮِﻳ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ﹸﻘﻮ ِﻝ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﹶﻓﻴ‪‬ـﺎ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﺠ‪‬ــﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻋــــ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑِﺎﻟ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻮﺣِﻴـ ِﺪ ِﺇﻟﹶﻴـــ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻫ‪‬ــ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺑِـ ِﻪ ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺠ‪‬ﻮ ﻣِــ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻜـﺮ‪‬ﺏ‬
‫ﺏ ِﺇﻻﱠ ﺍﻟــﺮ‪‬ﺏ‬
‫ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟـﺮ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫‪‬ﻋﻘﹾـــ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺷﻌ‪‬ــﺮِﻱ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘ‪‬ﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﺎ‬
‫ﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺗﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻣﺆﺛﹼﺮ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﳏﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐ ‪‬‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﲢﺖ ﻗﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺭﺍ ‪‬ﺩ ﳌﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﳌﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﻗﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﺗﺪﺑﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﻞ ﻓﻜﻠﹼﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﻦ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﺎ ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻉ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﳍﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺑﺼﻔﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻻﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﻼﺀﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻠﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺃﻧﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻉ ﳏﺒ‪‬ﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻉ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻠﲔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻐﻴﺜﲔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﲔ ﲜﺎﻫﻬﻢ‬
‫ﳋﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﺳﻘﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺜﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻮﻃﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﲑﻭﻱ ﻇﻤﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻣﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻔﻲ ﺳﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﻴﺘﻪ ﺑـ )ﺇﻣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺜﺎﻡ‪،‬ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺪﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻬﺎﻡ( ﻭﳕﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳊﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺜﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻱ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﻨﻔﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺭﻙ ﳌﻌﲎ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻄﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺑﺼﲑﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻨﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﳊﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬﻮﺽ ﻟﻠﺮ‪‬ﻛﺾ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻻ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺴﻄﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺫﻗﲔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮ‪‬ﻋﺔ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﻨﻒ ﺍﻷﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻓﻼﺫ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻄﻠ‪‬ﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ـ ﻭﰲ ﻛ ٍّﻞ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻣﺘ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻻ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻨﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﺚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻄﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺩﻭ‪‬ﻧﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺴﺎﻏﺎ ﳛﻠﻮ ﻣﺬﺍﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﺴﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﻓﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﺿﺎﺀﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﺄﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﻇﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻕ ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻔﺄﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺛﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﻏﺎﺋﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﳊﻈﲑﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(78‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺞ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﺘﺪ‪‬ﱐ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ ﻻﻧﻄﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺼﲑﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﻠﻒ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳚﺎﻭﺯﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﻱ ﺑﺴﻼﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻱ ﺳﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻈﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻓﺮ ﻣﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻈﹼﻢ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻈﹼﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻌﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﻤﺪﺣﻪ ﻭﻧﻐﺎﱄ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﻭﳏﺒ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪‬ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺼﺪﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﲟﻀﺎﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻨﺪﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻮﺍ ِﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳓﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻦ ﲟﻘﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﳍﻢ ‪) :‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺎ(‪) ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴﺎ(‪) ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ(‪) ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﺷﻔﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰊ(‪،‬‬
‫)ﻭﺩﺍﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﳚﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺏ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؟! ﻟﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻷ ‪‬‬
‫ﱄ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺒ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﳎﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺑ ‪‬ﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺏ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻋﺪﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻭﻯ ﺍﻟ ﹼﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻟﻪ ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻔﹼﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﻞ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﻓﺸﻜﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺁﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻀﺄﺓ ﻓﺘﻮﺿ‪‬ﺄ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺁﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﱯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺇﱐ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺇﱐ ﺃﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ ﻓﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﱵ ـ ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻮ‪‬ﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﻔﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻚ؟ ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻚ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻚ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﺂﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﳌﹼﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺍﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﱄ ﺣﱴ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﱵ ﻭﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇ ﹼ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﻜﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺬﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲰﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺛﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺻﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺘ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺞ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻐﻴﺜﻮﻥ ﺑﺂﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻨﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﲟﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻓﻜ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳛﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳛﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﹼ‬
‫‪ ،1 ‬ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻞ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺨ ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻏﺎﺛﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ِ‬
‫ﺸ ﱠﻔ ‪‬ﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺍ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺭﹾﺃ ‪‬ﺳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺷ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﺳ‪‬ﺎ ِﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻳﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﺄﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺮ‪‬ﺑﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻏﺮﻭ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺿﻰ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺯﺧﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻨﻌ‪‬ﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫א‬
‫ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﻜﺤﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫א א‬
‫א‬
‫‪.2 ‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﲰﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻬﻢ ﻭﺷﻌﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﰲ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﺃ ﹼﰎ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ) :،‬ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎﺗِﻲ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺪﺙﹸ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻭﻓﹶﺎﺗِﻲ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗ‪ ‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺮﺽ‪ ‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﻓﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺤ ِﺪﺛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ‪‬ﻭﻳ‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﺖ‪ِ ‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ ٍﺮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﺖ‪ِ ‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻐ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﳍﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﰲ )ﳎﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻭﺍﺋﺪ(‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰ‪‬ﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤ‪‬ﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﱐ ﺷﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻚ ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﺧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪(107‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(169‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺼ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻗﱪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻼﺗﻪ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻪ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﲬﺴﲔ ﺇﱃ ﲬﺲ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﱠﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﲬ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻟﻸﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻣﺴﻜﹼﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻳﺜﻴﺒﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻼﻟﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓِﺈﺫﹶﺍ‬
‫ﺿﹶ‬
‫ﺠ‪‬ﺘ ِﻤﻊ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ِ) :‬ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﺘِﻲ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﻮ‪‬ﺍ ِﺩ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻋ ﹶﻈ ِﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﺭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻻ ‪‬ﺧِﺘ ﹶ‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫]‪< <°£^fl’Ö^e<Øfl‰çjÖ]<VoÖ^nÖ]<ovf¹‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺤﻄﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺘﺴﻘﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﺄ ﻧﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﻘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﹶﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨﺬﻭﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ"‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ( ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﰲ )ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻛﻪ( ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﱐ ﰲ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ )ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﰲ )ﻧﻴﻞ‬
‫ﲔ‬
‫ﺴِﻠ ِﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺞ ﺍﳌﹸ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻃﺎﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ )ِﺇ ﱠﻥ ﷲ ِﻋ ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﻮ‪‬ﺍ ٍﻡ ِﻧ ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﺣﻮ‪‬ﺍِﺋ ِ‬
‫ﷲ ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺒ ِﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻓِﻲ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻤﻠﱡﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓِﺈﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬ﻣﻠﱡﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻧ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻠﻬ‪‬ﺎ ِﻟ ‪‬ﻐ ‪‬ﻴ ِﺮ ِﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻥ ﹶﺃﺧِﻴ ِﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﺒ ِﻌ ِﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﹶﻟﹶﺄ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻤﺸٍﻲ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻊ ﹶﺃﺧِﻴ ِﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻗﻀ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ﺣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺟِﺘﻪِ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﺷ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ِﺑِﺄ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠﺪِﻱ ‪‬ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﺮِﻳ ِﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺴِ‬
‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻀﻞﹸ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ ِﻜ ‪‬‬
‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺧﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﺇﳚﺎ ‪‬ﺩﺍ ﻭﻧﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻼ ﺧﻠﻖ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻻ ﺑ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻷﻗﺎﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﺋﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬﻢ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺗـ ِﻤ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ‪‬ﺪﻳﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻬﻤﻚ ﻭﺗﺮﺷﺪﻙ‬
‫ﻛﺎﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺆﺍﻝ ﻟﻸﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺿﲑ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﷲ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ) ﻳﺎﺷﻴﺦ ﻓﻼﻥ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪):‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﱄ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼﻥ(‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﺗﹰﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮﺝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫)ﻳﺎ ﻭ ﹼ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺰﻥﹾ‪،‬‬
‫ﺐ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﳌﹼﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ِ) :‬ﺇ ّﹶﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤﺰ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﺇ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻣﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ(‪) :‬ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﹼﺍﺏ‪" :‬ﻳﺎﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪﺍﻩ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻏﺰﻭﺍﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ِ) :‬ﺇﺫﹶﺍ‬
‫ﺲ ﹶﻓﹾﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﻘ ﹾﻞ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻋﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺲ ِﺑﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃﻧِﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺽ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺿﻞﱠ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﺃﺭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭﻫ‪ ‬ﻮ ِﺑﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﹶﺃ ِﻋ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻮﻧِﻲ ﹶﻓِﺈﻥﱠ ﹶﻟﻪ‪ِ ‬ﻋﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﺗﺮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﹼﱪﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ٍﺓ ﹶﻓﹾﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِﺩ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻋﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺽ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬
‫ﺖ ﺩ‪‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑﺔﹸ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ ِﺪﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ِ) :،‬ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﻧ ﹶﻔﹶﻠ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤِﺒﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ .(‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺽ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺿﺮ‪‬ﺍ ِﻓِﻲ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬
‫ﺍ ‪‬ﺣِﺒﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻋﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍ ‪‬ﺣِﺒﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓِﺈ ّﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ( ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺍﳋﺒﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺤﻄﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻘﻮﻥ ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﹼﻰ ﻓﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﲞﲑﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﳍﺎ ﺭﻳﺢ ﻓﺴﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﳍﻢ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﲑﺍﺯﻱ ﰲ )ﺍﳌﻬﺬﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻭﻱ ﰲ ‪‬ﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ )ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ( ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ )ﺍﳌﻬﺬﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻐﲑﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﳍﻢ ﻣﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ـ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﰊ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳚﻴﺊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺿﺮﳛﻪ ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ‪ 463‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﹼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫)ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻼ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ـ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫـــﻢ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﱵ‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴــﺖ ﺫﺭﻳـــﻌــﱵ‬
‫ﺑﻴــﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻤـﲔ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﱵ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟــﻮ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻋــﻄﻰ ﻏـ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﶈﺮﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ٍﺛﺒﺖ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ‪) :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤﺲ ﻟﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺪﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺏ )ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ( ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻀ ‪‬ﻌﻔﹶﺎِﺋ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ (‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺿ ‪‬ﻌﻔﹶﺎِﺋ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻓِﺈ‪‬ﻧﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺯﻗﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﹶﺃ‪‬ﺑﻐ‪‬ﻮﻧِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ‪‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺴﻘﻲ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻙ ﻓﻼﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻘﻰ ﺑﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻔﹼﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟﻞﹼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺤﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺡ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ) ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ـ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻨ‪‬ﻔﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﺗ‪‬ﻔﺎﻕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲟﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻬﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﲟﺜﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺧﻼﻓﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﹼﻣﺔ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻫﺪﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ( ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻮﻛﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻭﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﰊ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ..‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﰊ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﱪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻷﰊ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺃﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮ ﺃﻡ ﺃﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻭِﻟـ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺘﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﻴﻚ ﺁﺩﻡ؟ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﳌﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﰲ )ﻣﻐﻨﻴﻪ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺟ ﱠﻞ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،50‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼ‪‬ﻪ ‪" :‬ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻓﺘﻮﱄ ﻇﻬﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ‬
‫ﱯ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﲑﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﺰ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻚ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺯﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻳﻐﺒﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭ‪‬ﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻚ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ :‬‬
‫אא א‬
‫א‬
‫אא א‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻴﺘﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻧﻮﰊ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻌﺎ ﺑﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻲ ‪ ..‬ﺍﱁ"‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﰊ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﻓﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﻰ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﱪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺜﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻋﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻮﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ‪‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(64‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫א‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻏﹸ ِﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﱮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒ‪‬ﺎﻉ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﱮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﱪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺠﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﺍﰊ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬‬
‫אא א‬
‫א‬
‫אא א‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺌﺘﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﺍ ﻟﺬﻧﱯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻌﺎ ﺑﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﺸﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻉ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ َﻷ ﹶﻛـ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺏ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻃِﻴِﺒ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻉ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﻈﹸﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﹶﻓﻄﹶﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺑِﺎﻟﻘﹶﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺩ‪ِ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻑ ‪‬ﻭﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﳉﹸﻮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶــ ‪‬ﺮﻡ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻛﻨ‪‬ـﻪ‪ ‬ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻔﹶﺎ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ﺍﻟ ِﻔﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺮ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﰊ ﻓﻐﻠﺒﺘﲏ ﻋﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺸ ‪‬ﺮﻩ‪ ‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﹶﻏ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﹶﻪ(‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺤ ِﻖ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑِﻲ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻭﻱ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ‬
‫)ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﳌﻐﲏ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻮﰐ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻛﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻉ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﲟﺎ ‪‬ﺳ ﹾﻘ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﹼﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﱃ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﹼﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻓﻴﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﰲ ﺑﺎﳊﺠ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﻣﻐﺔ ﻟﺼﺤ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﻻﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﳉﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ـ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺟﺌﺘﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﻭﺃ ﹼﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﺬﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻃﻤﺲ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺠﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﺐ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﺻﻌﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﳜﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺨﺮ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﳉﺞ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻭﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﺭﺯﻗﲏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﶈﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻜﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﺂﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒ‪‬ﺮﻙ ﻫﻮ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺳﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻄﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻭﺻﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻜﺎﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﻗﺪﻭﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺩﺭ‪‬ﺳﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﻉ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﳏﻼ ﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺎﺕ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻐﺸﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺘﻨﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺼ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﳑ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻈﹼﻔﺮ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺒ‪‬ﻊ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﺘ‪‬ﱪﻙ ‪‬ﺎ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﺑﻜﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(46‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻄﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﲞﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺼﻔﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﻃﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﹼﻐﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻳﻨﻀﻮﻱ ﲢﺘﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺮﻏﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺮﻫﻴﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺻﺪ‪‬ﻕ ﺑﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺜﻞ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺐ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺟﻨ‪‬ﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﻧﻜﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻨﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻘﺮ" ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺟﻨ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﺣﺒﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺄﻣ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺿ‪‬ﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮ ﺛﺎﻗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎ ﻭﺭﳛﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻄﻊ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺒﻐﻮﻥ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺼﻔﲔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﺪﻻ ﻏﲑ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺣﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺼﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺤ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﺒﺘﻐﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﻢ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﺟﺘﻼﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻣﺰﺕ‬
‫ﺐ ﺻﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺼﻮ ‪‬ﻩ ﺑﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﺪﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﻌﺪ ‪‬ﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻔﺘﺤﺖ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﺬﻭﻗﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘﺎﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﱠﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫א‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫א ُ‪. ‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ِﻣـ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺁﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺁﻝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻧﻌﻼﻩ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺴﺖ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﳌﻔﺴ‪‬ﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺭﺧﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﹼﱪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﱪﻙ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺪﻝﱡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﱪﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺂﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻈﹼﻢ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﻞ ﻓﻠﻬﻢ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠﻮﺩ ﻵﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺁﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫א‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬‬
‫א‪ ،2 ‬ﲢﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫א‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺣﻘﹼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫א‬
‫א*‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫א א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ، ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ :‬‬
‫א ‪ ،4‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟ ﹼ‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ،5‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻮﺍ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻃﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻸ ﻋﻴﲏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﻼ ﹰﻻ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺳﺌﻠﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻔﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻃﻘﺖ ﻷﱐ ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺃﻣﻸ ﻋﻴﲏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫)‪.(248‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫א‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫‪4‬ـ‬
‫)‪.(9−8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(100‬‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﺳﻮرة اﻟﻨﻮر‪ ،‬اﻵﻳﺔ )‪.(63‬‬
‫)‪.(1‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﺮﻭﺓ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺮﻭﺓ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻳﺮﻣﻖ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻓﻮﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺨ‪‬ﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﳔﺎﻣﺔ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﰲ ﻛ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻒ ﺭﺟ‪‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﺪﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺟﻠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﻛﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻳﻘﺘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻮﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﺧﻔﻀﻮﺍ ﺃﺻﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﳛﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮﻭﻁ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭﺣﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺨﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻌﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﱪﻙ ﺑﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﱪﻙ ﺑﺸﻌﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻠﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﲑﻣﻮﻙ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻃﻠﺒﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻠﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﺧﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻠﻖ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻓﺴﺒﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻨﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﻗﺘﻼ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺭﺯﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﲎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﺓ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻨـﺰﻟﻪ ﲟﲎ ﻭﳓﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺤﻼﹼﻕ‪ :‬ﺧﺬﹾ‪،‬‬
‫ﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ َ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﻌﻞﹸ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌﻄِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨًﺎ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭﹰﺃﺷ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎِﻧِﺒ ِﻪ ﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺱ(‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻷﻧﺲ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪) :‬ﳌﺎ ﺭﻣﻰ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﺓ ﳓﺮ ﻧﺴﻜﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻖ ﺷﻘﹼﻪ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻓﺤﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻃﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﻘﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﺤﻠﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺒﺴﻂ ﻟﻠﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻄ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﻓﻴﻘﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻄﻊ‪) ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻓﺠﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﲨﻌﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻭﺻﻰ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺣﻨﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺣﻨﻮﻃﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻌﺮﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻘﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﺖ ﺗﺴﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻀﻌﲔ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺮﻗﻚ ﳒﻌﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻃﻴﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﻟ ﹼﻄﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑﲑ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺑﺎﻩ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺛﻪ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﺘﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺮﻍ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻓﺄﻫﺮﻗﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﻙ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺮﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻓﺸﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﻡ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻔﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﺷﺮﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺷﺮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻡ؟ ﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﱪﺍﱐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻣﻲ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻻ ﲤﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻀﻼﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻷﺋﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ )ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ( ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺭﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺑﺬﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﻌﺖ ‪‬ﺎﺗﲔ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﹼﺎ‬
‫ﻒ ﺑﻌﲑ ﻓﻘﻤﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺒﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﻛﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻛ ‪‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺪﻋﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻷﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺒ‪‬ﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ )ﺍﻷﺩﺏ( ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪‬ﻳ ﹶﻘ‪‬ﺒ ﹸﻞ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺟﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﻃﻴﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺒﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﻔﻮﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﺒﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺟﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺒﻀﺖ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺽ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﺸﻔﻲ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﳎﺰﺃﺓ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﳏﺬﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻌﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻻ ﲢﻠﻘﻬﺎ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺃﺣﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻣﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﱪﺍﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺑﺮﺩﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﻴﲏ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻓﺄﺳﻘﻴﻚ ﺑﻘﺪﺡ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺻﻠ ‪‬ﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻠﻘﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻘﺎﱐ ﻭﺃﻃﻌﻤﲏ ﲤ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺽ‪ :‬ﺭﺅﻱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻌﺎ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻗﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺘﱮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻼ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺭﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﲟﻴﺎﻣﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﰒ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟـ ‪‬ﻤﱠﻠﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺷﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﺧ‪‬ﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻨﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﻭﳛﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ )ﺃ ـ ﻫـ( ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﳌﹼﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺫ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﱪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺐ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﻓﻌﻮﱐ ﻓﺄﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢ ‪‬‬
‫ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇ ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺒﻀﺖ ﻓﺎﲪﻠﻮﱐ ﰒ ﺳﻠﹼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺫﻧﺖ ﱄ ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻮﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺗﲏ ﻓﺮﺩ‪‬ﻭﱐ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﻄﻮﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﱐ ﰲ )ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ(‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ‬
‫)ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ( ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭﻗﻄﲏ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺬﺛﺨﻌﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃ ‪‬ﻡ ﺃﳝﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺨ‪‬ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻄﺸﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﺸﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃ ‪‬ﻡ ﺃﳝﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﺎﻫﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﺤﻚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﹼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﺜ ‪‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺟﺰﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﳚﻌﻦ ﺑﻄﻨﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﹼﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻬﺎﺭﻧﻔﻮﺭﻱ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫)ﺑﺬﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺂﺛﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺰﺍ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻙ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻭﻥ ﻗﱪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻀﻌﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻌ‪‬ﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﱪ‪‬ﻛﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﱐ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻤﺴ‪‬ﺤﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻬ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻃﺊ ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺴ‪‬ﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﱪﻩ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﺄﻧﺲ ﺑﻘﻤﻴﺺ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﳌﹼﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻟﻴﺴﻠﹼﻤﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻄﻒ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺜﺮﻩ ﺣﺰﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺃﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺼﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ؟ ﻛ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻼﹼ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻼﺟﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺘﺒ‪‬ﻌﻮﻥ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻈﻮﺍ ﲝﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﲤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﻧﺰﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﻠﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻘﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻀﲑ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻏﺰﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﱃ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﳏﺬﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﻴﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒ‪‬ﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺺ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪‬ﺎﻳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺭﻳﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻔﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺑﺘﺮ ﺑﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮ‪‬ﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺪﻟﻚ ﺑﻠﻌﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﳐﺎﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻇﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻘﺘﻪ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺠﺞ ﻭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﺂﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﻔﻀﻼ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﻭﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻔﺘﱳ ﻭﳝﺘﺤﻦ ﻭﳛﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﲞﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ ﳜﱪﻩ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺧﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﲞﱪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻻ ﻭﻗﻤﻴﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻙ؟ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﳎﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﻘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﱪﻙ ﲟﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺼ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﻹﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻃﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﻔﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳊﺰﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺹ ﻭﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺜﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺪﻭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﳎﺮ‪‬ﺑﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﳊﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﺩﺕ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻌﻼﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ )ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻝ( ﻭﺗﺒﺨ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﺖ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻼﺋﻞ ﺣﱴ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺧﺰ‪‬ﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﺸﻠﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﲞ‪‬ﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻘﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ‪‬ﺾ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺑﺮﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﰱ ﻛﺄﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻃﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻲ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻨﻔﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻛﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻸ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﺷﺮﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﲪ‪‬ﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ )ﺩﺑﻠﻴﺒﺔ( ﻣﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﻘﺔ ﺗﺬﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻘﺴ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﺍﺩﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺬﺍ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫ﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺣﻠﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺪﻋﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻠﺴ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﻓ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺑﻄﻬﻢ ‪‬ﻢ ﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﶈﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺣ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﳍﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﳌﺎ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﶈﻴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺖ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺯﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻂ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﰲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﳌﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻠﹼﻜﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻧﻔﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺿﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻮﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻮﺭﺍ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺈﺫﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﲢﺖ ﻗﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻴﻤﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﲑﻩ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺫﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺄﺛﲑ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻌﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ‬
‫‪‬ﻳﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﹸﻝ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒﺪِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺮﺏ‪ِ ‬ﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻲ ﺑِﺎﻟ‪‬ﻨﻮ‪‬ﺍِﻓ ِﻞ ‪‬ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﹸﺃ ِﺣ‪‬ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓِﺈﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﹸﻛ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼ ‪‬ﺮ ِﺑﻪِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺪﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒﻄﹸﺶ‪ِ ‬ﺑﻬ‪‬ﺎ( ﻓﺤﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺼﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ ِ‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤﻊ‪ِ ‬ﺑﻪِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻀ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒ‪‬ﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﳎﺎﺯﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﳜﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻳﺌﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺭﺳﺦ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺋﻬﺎ ﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺣﺾ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺟﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺣﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺳﻔﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻈﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻛﺈﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ( ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﻒ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ )ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﺮﺩ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺜﺮﺕ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺄﺕ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻛﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﻼ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺟ ﹼ‬
‫א‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ ،3‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ :‬א‬
‫א‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ ، ‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ، ‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺎ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫א‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(286‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(56‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪-6‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺳﻮرة اﻷﻥﻔﺎل‪ ،‬اﻵﻳﺔ )‪.(17‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪(30‬‬
‫)‪.(42‬‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫)‪(25‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺒ‪‬ﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﺎ ﻭﺇﳚﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﻟﻐﲑﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﺴﺒﺎ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺑﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﻇﺮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻞ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﳌﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻜﻞ" ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻨ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﻷﻓﻌﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﳐﺘﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﻓﻼ ﲢﺠﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﱂ ﻳﺸﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﷲ(‪،‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻺﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻭﺭ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺳﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻭﺭ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻄﻮﺭ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺩ‪‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻏﻤﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﺎﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ِﺑـ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬ ﹰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א א ‪ ، ‬ﻓﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺿﻼﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺟﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‪ ،2‬ﻓﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﳎﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫א‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﹼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺯﺭﻋﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﺀﻩ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟ ﹼﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﻛﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ ،3‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ‬
‫א‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(36‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(99‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪.(63‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺄﻋﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺄﺗﻮﺍ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺳﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﺒ‪‬ﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻧﺺ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ) :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺇﱐ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﳛﻔﻈﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﷲ ﲡﺪﻩ ﲡﺎﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻨﺖ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻮﻙ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻮﻙ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﺮ‪‬ﻭﻙ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻀﺮ‪‬ﻭﻙ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﻔﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻒ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﻔﻈﻨﺎﻩ ﹶﻛﹶﻠﹶﺄ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻬﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ﻓﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ‬
‫ﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺊ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬א‬
‫‪ ،2 ‬ﻭﺣﻜﻰ‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﳌﹼﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻠﻘﻴﺲ ﻭﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﻫﻞ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ِﺑ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ ِ‬
‫א‬
‫*‬
‫א‬
‫‪1.‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪.(60‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪(95‬‬
‫* א‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫א‬
‫ﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﲔ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﲢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﳝﻨﻌﻬﻢ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲣﺮﳚﻬﻢ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻳﻀﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ):‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،(...‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻭﺍﻗ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺟ‪‬ﺢ ﻭﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺷﻔﻌﺖ ﻟﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ) ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺴﻠ ‪‬ﻤﺎ( ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﻏﺎﺙ ﻣﻠﻬﻮﻓﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﲔ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰ‪‬ﺍﺭ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺮ‪‬ﺍﺝ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺽ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘ‪‬ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻐﻴﺚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳌﹼﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﺐ ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﺻ ‪‬ﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﳎﺎﺯﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﺆﺍﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻗﺴﻤﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﳋﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺟ ﹼﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﳋﱪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﺄﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﺄﺟﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪(40 38‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﹼﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻔﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧﺎﻃﺊ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺸﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳊﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻘﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺸﻔﻪ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻻ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﻮﺹ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺪﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﳌﺎ ﳛﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪..‬ﺁﻣﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺜﺎﻥﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺍﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎ ﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻟﹼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫]‪< <êÞ^nÖ]<h^fÖ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﻳﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺴﺎﱐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﻴ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺳﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﹼﺎﻑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻣﺢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿﺎ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻌﻨﺎ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ـ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻛﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﴰﻮﻉ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳓﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺢ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ـ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺭﻗﻴﺔ ـ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﹼﻬﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻱ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﳋﻴﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻢ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﳝﺘﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﳉﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺼﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺸﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻳﻠﺪ ﺷﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻜﺬﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺷﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻬ ‪‬ﻦ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ـ ﱂ ﺗﻨﺠﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﲪ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﻷﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺧﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛ ‪‬ﻦ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﲨﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﻭﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻏﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﶈﺎﺕ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺬﺭﺍﺕ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺇﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻏﺮﺱ ﻃﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﲪﹰﺎ ﻭﺧﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﹰﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ‪‬ﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﺭﺗﻮﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻘﻰ ﻣﺮﻗﻰ ﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺷﺄﻭﹰﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺽ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻇﺎﻓﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﻮﻩ ـ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻈﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﲰﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﻄﻘﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻣﻬﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺃﻣﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﺻﺎﺣﺖ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﺨﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺎﻃﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳏﺮﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﺸﺄ‪‬ﺎ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻄﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳕﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻋﺮﻉ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﺎ ﻋﺎﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻘﻰ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻓﺸ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﱄ ﻣﻨﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﲝﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺳﱪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻘﻪ ﻭﻏﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻷ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﻰ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻧﻔﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺪﺍﺓ ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻐﲑﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺎﺀﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﻋﻤ‪‬ﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺫﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳍﻤﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﹼﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺯﻕ ﺍﳌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻭﻷﺑﲔ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﺬﺭﺍ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﹼﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﻠﹼﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻟﻸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺻﺤﺎ ﳋﻠﻘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﺩﺍ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﳝﺎ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭﻫﻢ ﻛﺈﻧﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻟﻠﻮﺋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻋﺎ ﺯﺍﻫﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺮﻛﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻃﻠﹼﻘﻬﺎ ﻃﻼﻗﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ ﻛﺪﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ‬
‫ﷲ ﻭﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﻧﻔﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﺗﺼﻐﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻦ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﺤﻈﻪ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻸ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﳏﺮﻭﺱ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺻﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺰﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﻛﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﻼﻧﺔ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻼﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﱄ ﺳﻠﹼﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﻛﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﰊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﺘﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺳﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻭﺻﻠﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺩ ﴰﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﺭﺟﺐ‬
‫‪1284‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪1864‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪1960‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﹼﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻳﻔﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﺗﻘﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳊﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﲑ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﺯﺍﻫﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺑ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﰊ ﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺼﻮﺑﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻧﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺰﻭ‪‬ﺟﻪ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ‬
‫ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﳌﹼﺎ ﺃﺑﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ﳑﺴﻜﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﲟﺴﺠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺼﻮﺑﻦ ‪‬ﻀﺖ ﻭﺯﻏﺮﺩﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪) :‬ﻋﺮﻳﺴﻲ ﺟﺎ ـ ﻋﺮﻳﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﺼﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻃﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﰉ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﻛﻨﻔﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻃﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭ‪‬ﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﻟﺪﻥ ﻟﻪ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻢ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﺝ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺩ ﴰﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﳒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﲟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻗﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﹼﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻜﻨﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﺍﻉ ﺻﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺒﺜﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻄﻌﺖ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﰲ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻫ‪‬ﺠﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫ﻭﲨﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺿﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻓﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺼﺤﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻓﺤﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﺑ‪‬ﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻣﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺪﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻭﻏﻮﺍﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮﺳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﳉﻮ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺷﺪﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻠﺤﻆ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻧﺸﺄﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﻋﻔﺔ ﻭﻃﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺻﻐﺮﻩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﰒ ﲟﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻭﲡﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺣﻘﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺩ ﻋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﳊﺬﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﳊﻼﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ﺑﺄﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺬﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺩ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﺄﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲝﺮﺍ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻗﻠﺖ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺘﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺣﺎﺯ ﻓﻨﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﻕ ﺷﺮﻭﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺷﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻏﻮﺍﻣﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺳﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﳌﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺍﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺣﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻮﺙ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﳛﺪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺪ ﺃﳕﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻻ ﺃﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺃﺩﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﺑ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮﻱ‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺻﺪﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺜﺮﺍ ﻭﺷﻌﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﻌﺶ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻤﺤﻮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻇﻼﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻫﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻐﺪﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﺋﺒﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﻣ‪‬ﻞ ﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﻭﺧﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺭﻋﻪ ﻭﺯﻫﺪﻩ ﻭﺳﺨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﲰﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺮﺍﺿﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻ ﳚﺪ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻴﻼ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪) :‬ﻟﻮ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺯﻣﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻟﺘﻌﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﺒﻨﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻇﻨ‪‬ﻪ ـ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ـ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﳍﻤﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳓﻄﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳــﺎ ﻋﻠﻤــﺎ ﻳــﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻟـﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗــﻪ ﺟـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻴـﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻟﺒﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‬
‫ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﱐ ﻟﻨﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻭﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺸﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﲑﺍ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﺑﲑﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻼﺀ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﻫﺮ "ﺩﻑ ﺍﳊﻠﺒﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻛﺄﺧﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺋﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺐﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﻂ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻤﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳊﻲ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻧﻴﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻐﻴﱵ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﳉﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﻟﺘﻌﻀﻴﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻹﳒﺎﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗ ﹼﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺸﻐﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ(‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳓﺴﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻂ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻒ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻴﺦ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺰﻛﻮﺍ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻴﺎ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﳘﻤﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓــﺮﺩ ﺃﻣــﲔ ﻛﺸــﻴﻔﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻏـﻮﺙ ﺍﳊـﻀﺮﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﻣﻼ‬
‫ﻗــﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣـﻌﲔ ﺗــﻮﻕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜــﺒﻮﺕ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻃــﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﻤﻮﺝ ﺭﺳــــــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﴰـــﻚ ﺗﺒـــــﲔ‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﴰﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺍﺳﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻜﻤﺎﺷﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﳍﺎ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻤﺎﺱ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻕ ﻓﺠﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺻﻔﺮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻠﻰ ﻇﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻓﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺪﻭﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻄﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﳏﺒﻮﻩ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺪﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺎﺭﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﴰﻮﺱ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺷﺒﺎﺣﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﻭﺻﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻔﺎﺿﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺷﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻫﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣــﻲ ﻭﺭﺡ ﺇﺧـــﻮﺍﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﺷــﻔﻲ ﺭﺑ‪‬ـﺎﻧـــﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺒــﺲ ﻟﺘﺠﻴﺎﻧــــــﻲ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊــﻀﺮﺓ ﻳــﻄـﺮﺍﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻜــﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﱄ ﺭﺑ‪‬ـــﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟﺴــﺮﺩﻳﺐ ﻋـﺐ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀــــﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺒـــﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺤــــــﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌـﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻐــﲑ ﻧﻴــــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﳊﻴــــــﺎﺀ‬
‫ﳌﻘــــــﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻴــﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻗﻄـــﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴــﺎﻓﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉـﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﻴـﺮ ﺩﻏــﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴــــــﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻴـﻮ ﺑﻴــﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳــﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻳـﻞ ﺍﻷﺗﻘـﻴﺎ ﺍﳉﻴـﺪﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻼﹼﻫﻮﺕ ﻛﻢ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﺳـﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠـﻜﻮﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺒـﺮﻭﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺟـﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻗـــﻮﺕ‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﰲ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪) :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺒﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ( ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻭﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻐﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﶈﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﲟﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﲟﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﻴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲤﻄﺮ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﶈﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻌﺒﺔ ﳏﺠﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﺆﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘ ﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ـ‬
‫‪71‬‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﳛﹼﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﳍﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻠﻘﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻠﻘﺐ )ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﱂ ﺷﺎﺷﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮ‪‬ﺝ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺛﻘﺎﺓ ﲝﺒﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺧﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻛﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﺭﻭﻩ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻼﹼﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﰊ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺮﻳﺞ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﲣ ‪‬ﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﳘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﺮ‪‬ﺝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1946‬ﻭﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺮ‪‬ﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ـ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﳎﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺳﺄﻟﲏ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ـ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﲑﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺳﻪ ﻟﻠﻄﻠﺒﺔ؟؟ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻧﻪ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻡ ﺿﺒ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻏﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﻤ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻼﺋﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃ ﹼﰎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻣﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻩ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﱪﱐ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﲰﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺴﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺩﺭ‪‬ﺱ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺬﻫﲏ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ؟؟‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﳊﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﲝﺮ ﻻ ﳚﺎﺭﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻗﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻹﺟﻼﺀ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ 2 ‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺏ؟ ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫‪2‬ـ‬
‫)‪.(16‬‬
‫‪73‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫)‪(31‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻐﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻼﻏﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻌﺮ‪‬ﻓﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﳊﺼ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻭﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻃﺒﲏ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﻋﺪ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﻨ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﺃﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻔﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳉﻠﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﱄ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﲏ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺭﻗﺘﻚ ﻓﻄﺄﻃﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺴ ﹰﻜﺎ ﺑﻮﺭﻗﺘ ِﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻏﻴﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ‬
‫‪‬ﻣـ ‪‬ﻤ ِ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﰎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﳑﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪74‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺘﻪ ﻷﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﺒﻖ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺴﻠﹼﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺍﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳ ‪‬ﺪﻝﱡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺇﺣﺎﻃﺘﻪ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﱐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺟﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﺞ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻃﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﳑﺘﺤﻨﺎ ﻟﺸﻴﻮﺧﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺴﻴﺪ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻈﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺎ ﻭﻳﺼﺤ‪‬ﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺃﺋﺘﻮﱐ ﺑﻠﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻋﻘﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻀﻌﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻤﺮﻩ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ‪‬ﺕ ﺩﻫﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﱐ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺤﺪﻱ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﻌﺮﻓﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺘﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﱐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺤﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﺠﺰﻩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﺎﺩﺣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﲝﺮ ﻻ ﳚﺎﺭﻯ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺯﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻟﱵ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻠﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﲟﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺇﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺷﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻬﺖ ﻟﻪ ‪‬ﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻇﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﲪﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻃﻐﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ﻃﻼﹼﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﺆﺍﹰﻟﺎ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻼﺏ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺎﻭﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻻ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﳜﺺ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺳﺤﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻧﺪﻟﺴﻲ ﻓﻴﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺃﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﺄ ﹼﻥ ﻏﻴﺜﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻫﻄﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﻛﱪ ﻃﻼﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﹼﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﺋ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﲰﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﹰﺎ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﰲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺪﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﰒ ﺃﺧﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻘﺐ )ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ( ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﲜﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻒ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺍﻟﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﳌﺘﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻀﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻈﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﻷﺭﺟﺰ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺭﺟﺰﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻨﻌﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻷﺭﺟﺰ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻠﺪﻩ ﻗﺪ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻌﻴﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﺇﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲟﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻄﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻃﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﺠﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻠ ‪‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﻓﻌﺠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﱐ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻬﺪ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺴﺒﻚ ﱂ ﲢﻀﺮ ﲨﻌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﲢﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻌﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻﻟﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ‪‬ﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻘﲑ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺓ ﲨﻊ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺎﻡ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻫﻼ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﲑ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤ ‪‬ﺰ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‬
‫ﱄ‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﳝﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺮﺓ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇ ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻌﺮﺕ ﲟﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺰﻣﺖ ﺃﻣﺘﻌﱵ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﺟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺗﲏ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻬﻀﺖ ﰲ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺎﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻭﺻﻠﲏ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺎ‬
‫‪78‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻭﺗﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻴﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ـﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﳝﺘــﻠﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ــﻮﺭ ﻭﻳـﺪﺭﻙ ﺫﻭﻕ ﺩﻗـﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﻣـﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻄـﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻧﻴــﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻫﺎﺯﻣﺔ ﳉــﻴﺶ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺃﺩﺭ‪‬ﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻧﻔﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺜﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﺭ‪‬ﺳﺖ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻑ‬
‫ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻏﻤﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺤﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ‪‬ﺷﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻠﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍ ﳌﻌﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺀﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﰲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴ‪‬ﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺟﻼﺀ ﻣﻀﻤﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪79‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻠﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺮﲨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺃﲤﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﹼﻤﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ـ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺆﺫﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﲞﺖ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻄﻨﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍﻓﺔ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 1337‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻛﺘﺐ ﰲ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳋﻂ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﻭﻳﺔ )ﻛﺎ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺻﻤﻮﻝ( ﺧﻄﺎ ﲨﻴﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱄ ﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑـ )ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻹﺗﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﰊ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﱳ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺭﲪﺔ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻣﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺗﻴﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺋﻚ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﰊ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﲑﻭﺍﱐ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻌ‪‬ﻤﺔ‬
‫ﲟﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﹼﻣﺔ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﻔﺎ ﻓﻜﺘﺒﺖ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ـ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻷﺧﱪﻩ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﷲ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺻﻐﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎ ﳌﺘﻨﻪ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺮﺃﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺑ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻃﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﱄ ﻷﻥ" ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﻊ ﻻ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﱄ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻣﻨﻌﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜ ‪‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺃ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻞ" ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻔﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﻲ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﲞﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﻗﺪ ﻗ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﹼﺮﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﱄ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﲎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺒﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﲑ ﻟﻠﺸ‪‬ﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﺼﺮﻓﲏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻔﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﹼﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺋﺦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺎﰊ ﺷﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﻜﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻓﺠﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﳌﺮﻳﺪﻫﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺴﲑﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻮﻛﻲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻚ ﺇﺫ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺧﺼﺎﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻷﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﺪﻗﹼﻘﺎ ﻭﻣﻘـــﺮ ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮ‬
‫ﻭﳝـﻴ‪‬ﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺣــﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﺍﻣـﻪ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﻳﻨﻘﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻜـﺮ‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﳌﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺻﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﱐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﺗﻐﺪﻭ ﻭﺗﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﺴﺮﺡ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺑﲏ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺰﳝﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺅﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﺰﻣﺖ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲜﻴﻮﺷﻬﻢ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺎﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺗﺘﻼﻗﻰ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺘﺴﺎﱂ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻓﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﻛﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺟﻠﻴﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺸﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻃﺎﺑﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﲟﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻚ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻫﺪﱐ ﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﱂ ﳛﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﳓﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺑﺄﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺭﻭﺍﺣﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﺒﻜﻰ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﳏﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳋﺘﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻟﻄﻼﹼﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺧﺘﻤﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺮ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﲤﻜﻴﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺘﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﳊﺬﻗﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﺎ‬
‫‪82‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻋﺎ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﻟﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺋﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﹼﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﱄ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﺴﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺰﺭﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻧﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻛﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﱄ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻭﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﲢﻘﹼﻘﺖ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﳛ ‪‬ﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻇﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﻓﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﰲ ﻭﱂ ﳛ ‪‬ﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻔﺴﲑ ﲟﺠﻠﺴﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﺟﻼﺀ‪،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻃﻤﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺃﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻐﻴﱵ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻔﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﻘﺪ ﲢﻘ ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﻭﺃﺩﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻗﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﱄ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﺪﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒﻀﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﹼﰒ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﲏ ﻓﻨﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﺳﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒﻀﲏ ﻛﻘﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﲏ ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﲨﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﺳﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒﻀﲏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪83‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺒﻀﲏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﹼﰒ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺣﻔﻈﺘﻪ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻔﻆ ﻣﱳ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﲔ ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺳﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻛﱪ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻔﺴﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﺤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ﺗﻮﰲﹼ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﱪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﱪﻭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻩ ﻣﺘﺮﺑ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ؟‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﲢ ﹼﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟ ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲢﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻠﺒﺴﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺺ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺣﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﳑﺘﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﳛﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌ‪‬ﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺺ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﺟﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪،‬‬
‫‪84‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪" :‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻔﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻻ ﲡﺎﺭﻯ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻓﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲪﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻟﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻴﻮﺯﻥ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲪﺪﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤ‪‬ﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ؟ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﲪﺪﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﲪﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﺐ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻳﺞ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﺮ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺼﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﳌﺴﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘ‪‬ﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺇﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻼﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻃ ﹼ‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻳﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﲑﻏﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻫﺠﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﺴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺟ ﹰ‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺐ ﳓﻦ ﻃﻼﹼﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻳﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻣﻬﻴﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻔﺎﻃﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﻮﰲ‬
‫ﻼ ـ ﺟﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺴﺎ ًﺀﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﹶﻛ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ؟ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﲣﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻞ" ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﺮﺕ ﺃﻓﻜﹼﺮ ﰲ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻃ ﹼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﻨﻬﻀﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺼﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎ‬
‫ﲢﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﱘ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﱰﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻓﻜﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺁﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﱵ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺟﻬ‪‬ﺰﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﻔﺮ ﻭﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﺖ ﺻﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻠﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺿﻴﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻋﺎﳌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺜﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻴﺒﱵ ﻭﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﲏ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﲏ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ؟ ﻓﺄﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﻟﲏ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ؟ ﻓﺄﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﲏ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ؟ ﻓﺄﺟﺒﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺄﻟﲏ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻓ ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺟﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﻙ؟‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻵﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻬﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺑ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻜﺜﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺍﺟﻌﲏ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺼ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺸﻴ‪‬ﻌﲏ ﻭﻳﻠﹼﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺁﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﰊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﲏ ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻳﺪﻩ ﲢﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﱄ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻓﻔﺘﺤﺘﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺭﺣﻠﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﲏ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﻋﻪ ﱄ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻣﺴﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺯﺩﺩﺕ ﺛﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﲞﻴﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﲑﳘﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﺒﺨﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻘﻰ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﹼﻈﻪ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻘﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﱰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲞﻴﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺎ ﻏﺮﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺻﻴ‪‬ﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺫﻗﲔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺒﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﰒ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﹼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﳌﹼﺖ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻐﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﳌﹼﺖ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻔ ﹰﻈﺎ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺣﻀﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﹼﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻮﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﲔ ﲞﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬
‫ﲟﺪﻟﻮﻻ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺿﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮ ﻛﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﲪﻠﻪ‬
‫‪88‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻐﻠﺖ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓ ‪‬ﺞ ﻭﺻﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﱪﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘ‪‬ﻔﻜﲑ ﰲ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺩﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﹼﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻣـ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻟﻐﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺗﻌﻠﻴ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ؟‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻤﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻮﺗﲏ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﻹﻏﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﲔ ﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﺧﺰ‪‬ﺍﻥ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻓﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﺤﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺨﺎﻃﺒﻪ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﻏﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻪ ﲟﱰﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﲰﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺯﺭﺕ ﺑﻠﺪﻧﺎ ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﺩﻫﺸﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﻹﻏﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺮﺩ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﻼﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﻭﺣ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺭﺷﺪ ﻛﺜ ‪‬ﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻜﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺩﻓﻦ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﱄ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻃﻠﺤﺔ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﻋ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺄ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻯ ﳍﺎ ﺭﺍﻋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺟﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻔﻜﺮ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﻪ ﳍﺎـ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻜ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ ‪‬ﺩﺍ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻡ ﻃﻠﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻫﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﲑﻭﻥ ﳊﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎ ‪‬ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻏﻨﻤﻪ ﻭﺳﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻀ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤﺲ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻹﺑﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻌ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻼﺓ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﲢﺴﻦ ﻟﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳚﺪ ﺳﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﺒﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻟﻨﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ ﺑﺪﻭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﳉﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺜﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻨﻤﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﳘﺎ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪﺍ ﳍﺎ ﺧ ‪‬ﱪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺛ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻗﺮﺑﺎﺋﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﲡﺪ ﻏﻨﻤﻚ ﻓﺎﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻴﺨﱪﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﻓﻘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻀﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺄﺩﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺐ ﻻﺑﺴﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺍﺀﻩ ﻭﺣﺬﺍﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻔﻼﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱪﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﰲ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ﱂ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻚ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﺷﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫﺸﺔ ﺗﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﲰﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﰊ‬
‫ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﲤﻜﹼﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺻﺪﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻏﻨﻤﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻕ ﺳﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﲝﺜﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻙ ﺃﻥ ﲣﱪﱐ ﲟﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺠﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ ﻓﺎﲨﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ‪‬ﺪﻭﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻚ ﳝﺮ ﺑﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﻞ ﻓﻴﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﲜﻤﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺒﻀﻪ ﻗﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺮﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﺟﺮ‪ :‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﺪﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﰊ ﻣﺘﺤﻔﹼﺰﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﻡ ﲜﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒﻀﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻕ ﻏﻨﻤﻪ ﻭﺳﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﰊ ﰒ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻃﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﹼﰎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﻀﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻀﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﱄ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﺭ ﺳ ‪‬ﲑﺍ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺷ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﺼﻠﺤﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺷﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻛﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﺣﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻡ ﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﱃ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻨﺼﺒﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩﺍ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻤ ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻜﻮﻛﻮ ﻃﻤﻌﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﺃﻣﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﻏﻼ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﻼ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪92‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻜﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺟﻬﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲣﻠﹼﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻓﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﱴ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺑﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﻭﱐ ﺃﺗﻮﺿ‪‬ﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺪ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳛﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﺪﺃﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺮﺟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﻏﻀﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﻈﻢ ﻏﻴﻈﻪ ﻭﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻀﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻘﺎﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺾ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ﳌﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺧﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺳﺮﻉ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺛﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻜﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻐﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺬﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻬﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﻠﺲ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻈﻪ ﻳﻄﺮﻑ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﺮ‪‬ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺯﺟﺖ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻓﻮﺩ‪‬ﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻠﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪93‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻴ‪‬ﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻫﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﱴ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺍﳌﺬﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺰﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺄﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻚ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﻟﺴﺖ ﲜﺎﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻱ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﲏ ﻋﻦ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﱪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ؟؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﱄ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﳎﻮ‪‬ﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪﺛﲏ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻓﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪94‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺟﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﻛﻮﻛﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﻴ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺫﻫﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﱂ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺗﻜﺒﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﱪﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺗﻜﺒﲑﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﱪ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺳﻠﹼﻤﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺮﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﳎﻮ‪‬ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺷﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺟﻠﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻷﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺑﺸﻨﺪﻱ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪:‬ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﳛﻮﻱ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﲢﻔﻴﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘ‪‬ﻌﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫ﳜﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﻳﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﱪ ﺷﻴﺨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻗﺪﻭﺍ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﱪﻩ ﻭﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﳝﻠﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳝﻠﺊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﱪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳎﻠﺴﺎ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺟ ‪‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻛﻌﺎﺩ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻗﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻠﺊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﱂ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﻬﻢ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﻭﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﲏ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻟﺒﺚ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﳊﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﺎﺿﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺭﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻠﺤﻆ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻜﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﲤﻜﹼﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻇ ﹼﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻃﻼﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﱪﻩ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ‬
‫א‬
‫*א‬
‫א‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ‪‬‬
‫‪96‬‬
‫א‬
‫* א‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ ،2‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻮﱐ‬
‫ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟ ‪‬ﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻓﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﲏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺯﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻠﺘ‪‬ﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﹼﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺼﺪ‪‬ﻗﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺭﺟﻞ ﳝﺎﱐ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻷﻓﻀﺤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﺗﻌﻨ‪‬ﺘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﲪﻠﺘﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺃﻋﺒﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﺃﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﲟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﲝﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﰊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﻻ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﻻ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻻ ﳛﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺍﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺑﺎﳊﻮﺍﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﱐ ﻣﻐﺸﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﺗﻌﻨﺘ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﲰﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺟﻨﻴﻒ ﺑﺴﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻳﻌﲏ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫א‬
‫)‪.(64−63−62‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ،1 ‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪97‬‬
‫א א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.21‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﱄ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻩ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﹼﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺪﱐ ﺃﻓﺎﺿﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻏﻮﺍﻣﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﱯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻜﺖ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ـ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻃﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺇﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﲟﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺧﻮﺭ ﻃﻘﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺎ ﻧﺼ‪‬ﻪ ‪ ) :‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﻈﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ) :‬ﺩﻉ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺒﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺒﻚ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ(‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﺮﲨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺸﺎﰲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺞ ‪‬ﺠﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺻﺮﳛﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﺎﺋﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪﺍﺋﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫‪98‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻲ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﱮ ﺍﷲ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼﻢ ﶈﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺪﻫﻢ ﲟﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ‪) :‬ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﺣﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﲰﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﻄﺶ ‪‬ﺎ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻐﲑﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﲢﹸﻠﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺋﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﺣﺒ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺩﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺭﻉ‬
‫ﳏﺒ‪‬ﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﱐ ﺍﻟﲑﺍﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻮﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﳏﺎﺿﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮ‪‬ﻑ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮ‪‬ﻑ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻏﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪﻗﹼﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻭﲝﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﻭﻋﻼﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻭﻏﻮﺍﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﻭﻱ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ‪‬ﻳﺴﺘﻐﲏ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳜﺮﺟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﱠﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﱄ ﺭﺟﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻴ‪‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻨﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﹼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻌ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻇﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﳚﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻳﺒﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﻭﻧﺜﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﻼ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﻭﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﳌﻌﲎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﻪ )ﻫﺬﻩ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﳐﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺆﻟﹼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺘ‪‬ﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪‬ﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻏﲎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺪ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺮﻭﺳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃﻫﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪-:‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼـﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺯﺓ ﺃﻋﺮﻓــﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﲣﺮﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻘــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻄـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒـﻲ ﺟــﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳋﻴــﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻜـــﻲ ﺗﻨﻴــﻞ ﺍﻟﻔـــﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺞ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻳـﻮﻡ ﺍﳊـﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻜــﻦ ﺍﳉﻨــﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴـﺔ ﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺎ ﺣـﺎﺩﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺯﺓ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺴ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺟﺰ‪‬ﺃﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺋﲔ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﻥ ﲢﺖ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻐﲏ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻄــﻦ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻚ ﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻀﺪﻩ ﻟﻸﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﺎﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﺿﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘـﺎﺀ ﺿـﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻨـﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺿﺪ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠــﺔ ﻳـﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣـﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺿـﺪﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴـﺎﺝ ﺃﻋـﺮﻑ ﳍـﺬﺍ ﺗﻈﻔـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻳﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺖ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻘﹼﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺿﺪﻫﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻬ ﱠﺬﺑﻪ‬
‫‪101‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ )ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ( ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﲰﻴﻌﺎ ﺑﺼﲑﺍ ﻭﻣﺘﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﲢﺖ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﳍﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰ‪‬ﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﹼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﹼﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﶈﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺼ‪‬ﺺ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﺼﻔﺔ ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﲰﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﺑﺼﲑﺍ ﻭﻣﺘﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺟﺰﺍ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻋﺔ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺿﺪﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺿﺪﻩ ﺗﺒﻮﺛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻋـﺔ ﺿـﺪﻩ ﺛﺒـﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻳـﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﺎﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﱰﹼﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺽ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺇﳚﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻹﻏﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺪﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.11‬‬
‫‪102‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳍﻢ‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ ،4‬ﻓﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ ،3‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪  :‬א‬
‫ﺿﺪﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻋﺔ ﺿﺪﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻌﻠﹼﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣـﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﺒﻴــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘـﻔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﻼﻓﺘﻘـﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻣــﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌــﺎﱐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺎ ﺛـﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺿﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓـﻬﺬﻩ ﻣﻌﻨـﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺗـﺖ ﺟـﻠﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺟﺰﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﳌﺎ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻓﺒﺎﻧﻌﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪.286‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪.62‬‬
‫‪103‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.16‬‬
‫‪.96‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺣﻘﹼﻪ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺒﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻭﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﲬﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺭﺳـﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺻﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻳﺎ ﳒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺿﺪﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﺒـﻠﻴﻎ ﻛﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﺎﻙ ﻋـﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻄﺎﻧـــﺔ ﺿـﺪﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒـﻼﺩﺓ ﺍﺣﻔــﻆ ﲢــﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺷــﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍ ﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻛﺎﳉﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳉﺬﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺹ ﻭﻛﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﳉﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺼﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌ ‪‬ﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻠﻜﻦ ﺑﻞ ﺛﻘﻞ ﰲ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻛﺎﳌﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﻻ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳌﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻐﻴﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻏﲑﻭﺍ ﻭﺷﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺳﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪104‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻛﺎﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻬﻮﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﺮﺡ ﻭﺃﺫﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺑﻘﻮﳍﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﺍﻙ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬـﺎ ﺗﻨــﺞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻘــﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﺖ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﲑﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﱪﻭﺕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺖ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﱰﹼﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺜﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺟﻠﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫*‬
‫*‬
‫*א א‬
‫א‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.11‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪105‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪103‬‬
‫א *‪ 1‬ﻧﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻤﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﱂ ﻳﻠﺪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ( ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻠﹼﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﹼﺔ ﻟﻐﲑﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻻ ﻟﻐﲑﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻟﺪﻳﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ )ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﺆﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋــﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻟﻜــﻲ ﺗﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌــﺪ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺟــﻮﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺞ ﺑـﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳊـﺮ ﺍﻟﺸــﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻷ‪‬ـﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴـﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﻨـﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘــﺄﻳﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﲣـﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴــﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺒ‪‬ﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻠﹼﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻠﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺳﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪:‬א‬
‫‪.4−1‬‬
‫‪106‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨ‪‬ﻈﺮ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻼ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﹼﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺻﺢ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﹼﺪ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺃﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺠﻮﺭﻱ ﰲ ﳏﺸﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪107‬‬
‫‪< <äÏËÖ]<Ù^¥‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﲏ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻭﻣﺒﺴ‪‬ﻂ‪ ،‬ﻋﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﲑ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻔﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻓﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻹﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻴﺪ ﻓﺤ ‪‬ﺪﹶﺛﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﺧﺼ‪‬ﻚ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﱂ ﺃﻛﺸﻔﻬﺎ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻊ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ( ﻭﺃﺟﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﻟﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻻ ﻭﺭﻛﺒﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﻓﻜﹼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪108‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻥ ﱄ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺿﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻭﺀ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻫﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺪﺃ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﺳﻜﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﺗﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﺮﻣﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﺳﺠ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ( ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﻓﻘﺪﻩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﱵ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﻋﲏ ﻛﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻋﺎﻭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻣﺴﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻏﺎﺩﺭﱐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﰲ ﳎﻴﺌﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻐﺐ ﻋﲏ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﲟﻘﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻷﱐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺭﻫﺎﻕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻨﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﺴﺴﺖ ﺑﱪﺩ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻓﻔﺘﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻴﲏ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻀﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻌﺮﺕ ﺑﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﱪﻛﺘﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻚ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻌﲏ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻄﺎﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫‪109‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ( ﺃﺧﺬﺗﻪ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﱄ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺿﲏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻗﻚ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﱏ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻠﻤﺖ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﻜﺮﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﺳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻀﻲﺀ ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﳓﻨﺎ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﺲ ﻣﻀﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﻄﻊ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﲦﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﻮ ﻋﺸﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﲑ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﺎ ﲟﺎ ‪‬ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﲑﺍ ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺠ‪‬ﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﳌﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳊﻤــﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻘــﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺛـﻢ ﺍﻟﺼـــﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﻼﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻲ ﻭﺍﻵﻝ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻗـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳـﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨــﺔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠـﺎﺓ ﺭﲪـﺔ ﻟﻸ ‪‬ﻣـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻬﺎﻙ ﻧﻈﻤـﺎ ﺣــﺎﻭﻱ ﳌﻌﻨـﻰ ﻣﻘـﺪﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻤــﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻀـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘـﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺼ‪‬ﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﺣﻮﺕ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﺪﻳـــﺪﺓ ﻭﻛﻢ ﳍـﺎ ﺯﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻔﻴـــــﺪﺓ‬
‫‪110‬‬
‫ﲰﻴﺘﻬـﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋـﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳــﺔ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨـﺔ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﺳـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺎ ﻟﻨﻬــﺞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟـﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻷﺋﻤـﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻫـﺎ ﺃﻧـﺎ ﺑﻌـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﹼﻠـﻪ ﺃﺑـﺪﺃ ﻭﺃﺭﲡــﻲ ﻣــﻦ ﻓﻴﻀـﻪ ﳝـﺪ‬
‫‪< <ðç•çÖ]<˜Î]çÞ<h^e‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﲔ‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻬﻜـﺎ ﻳـﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌـﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺩﻱ ﺛـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒـﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﺎﻟ‪‬ﻨــﻮﻡ ﻋﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺛﻘﻴـﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺿـﻮﺀ ﻧﻘﻴﺾ ﻗﺼﲑ ﺛﻘﻴـﻞ ﺃﻳﻀـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺼﲑ ﺧﻔﻴـﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺘـﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﱴ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺮﺟﺰ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﲨﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﰱ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﺒـﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﻬـﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺋـﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸـﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺎﻡ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻓـﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑـﲔ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﻴـﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠﺪﺗﲔ ﻋـﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺑﺂﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻧﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘــﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺄﻣـﻮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﺘـﺪﻯ‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻣﺒﻄﻼ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺳﺠﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻬﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪< <Ý^é’Ö]<h^e‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻟﲔ ﻟﻠﻬﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺎﻙ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘـﺪﻡ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗـﻲ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴـﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻳـﺎ ﺑﻨـﻲ‬
‫‪< <s£]<h^e‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟـﻪ ﲬـﺲ ﺷـﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘـﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺞ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﺮ ﻣــﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﳊـﺞ ‪‬ـــﺎ ﺃﻭﰱ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪‬ﳍﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﻁ ﰲ ﺻ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼـﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺍﳌـﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊـﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴــﻒ ﺷﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﻟﻴﻼ ﺍﻋﺘـﱪ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﻀــﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﻟـﺪﻡ ﻻ ﲡﱪ ﻓﺎﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟـﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻴﻼ ﺍﻋﺘﱪ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻹﻓﺎﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌـﻲ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔـــﺎ ﻭﺍﳌـﺮﻭﺓ ﻣﺒﻴـــﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﲡﺒـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟـﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻫــﻲ ﺳﺒﻌــﺔ ﳍـﺎ ﻓﺎﻏﺘﻨــﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﺍﳌـﻜـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪﻭﻡ ﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳊﻠـﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺼﲑ ﻭﺭﻛﻌﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﺍﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﻳﺎﻓﻘـﲑ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄ ّ‬
‫ـﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﻉ ﻓﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﺟـﺐ‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﲨ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺭﺣـﻠﺔ ﰒ ﻳـﺄﰐ ﺍﳌـﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﺮ‬
‫‪112‬‬
‫ﻭﻋـﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻴﻘـﻒ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﻣـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻟـﻔﺔ ﻭﺻــﻠﹼﻰ‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟـﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻓﲑﻣﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﻌـﺔ ﺣﺼـﺎﺓ ﻳﻜﺒ‪‬ــﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻛـﻞ ﻭﺍﺣــﺪﺓ ﺣﺼــﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﳍﺎ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺬﺑﺢ ﰒ ﳛﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﺼــﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻮﻑ ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻹﻓﺎﺿﺔ ﻭﻳﺴـﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒـﻼ ﻣﺘﻀﺮﻋﺎ ﻣـﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﺟﺎﺯ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻭﻗﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻓـﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐـﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ ﲨﻌﺎ ﻭﻗﺼﺮﺍ ﺗﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺻـﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﲎ ﺭﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺐ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺣــﺼﺎﺓ ﺗﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﺸﺘـﻬﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺜـــﻞ ﺍﻟﻔـﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ـــﻮﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺤ ﹼﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﻳﻨﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳــﻪ ﰒ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣ ﹼﻜـﺔ ﻣﺴﺘــﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳـﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺻـﺎﺣﻲ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺳﻌﻲ‬
‫‪< <ì^ÒˆÖ]<h^e‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﺈﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻻ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻄـﺮ ﺳﻨـﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺒــﺔ ﻓﺮﺿﻬـﺎ ﺧﻴــﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺅﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﻧﻔﻘﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻘــﺮﺍﺑـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻭﺟﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻕ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪـﺮﺍ ﻓﺤﻘـﻖ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪113‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻛـﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﳎﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﲡـﺐ ﻋﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋــﻠﻰ ﺃﻡ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻏـﺎﺻﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺙ ﻓﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﺼـﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺸﺘــﺮﻁ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺯﻛـﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤـﺮ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺒﻠــﻎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺏ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸـﺮ ﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﺼـﺮﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻓﻬــﻢ ﳍـﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻜـﻦ ﻏﺒﻴـﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻓﻌـﺸـﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﻟـﻮﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻘـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﻃﲏ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﲪﺺ ﻓﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﺱ ﻭﺗـﺮﻣﺲ ﻭﺟﻠﺒـﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻓﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻠـﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﲤــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﺃﺭﺑـﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻳـﻮﺕ ﺃﺗﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﻢ ﻭﺣـﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﻻ ﺗﺘـﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻻ ﻓﺠﻞ ﻣﺼـﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻔﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼـﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﺲ ﻭﺃﺭﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ ﻭﺩﺧــﻦ ﳍﺎ ﲢﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻤﺮ ﲢـﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻨــﺎﻑ ﻳــﺎ ﻭﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻨــﺎﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻋﻴــﺔ ﻳﻘﻴﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﱵ ﺩﺭﻫـﻢ ﺷﺮﻋﻴـﺔ ﻳــﺎ ﺻﻔـﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺼـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊـﻮﻝ ﻳـﺎ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺑــﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺸـﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺣﺴـﺐ ﻣـﺎ ﳚﺮ‬
‫ﰒ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻛــﺎﺓ ﻧﺼــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻌــﻢ‬
‫ﻭﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻓﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻣـﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺻﺐ ﻭﺍﳌـﻮﺩﻉ‬
‫ﲟﻀـﻲ ﺍﳊــﻮﻝ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻓﻬـــﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺟﺎ ﻓﻜـﻦ ﳍـﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻋـــﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻓﻼ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫‪114‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﲬﺴـﺔ ﻓﻔﻴﻬـﺎ ﺷـﺎﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻌــﺔ ﺃﻓﻬﻤـﻦ ﻳـﺪﺍ ﻓـﻼ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺗــﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ ﻋﺸــﺮ ﻓﺨـﺬ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺷﻴـﺎﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻛﻦ ﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺍﺛـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻔﻴﻬــﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺷﻴـﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺸــﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﲬـﺲ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻻ ﲬﺲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺖ ﳐﺎﺽ ﺃﳒﻼ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺳﺘﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺘﲔ ﺣﻘﹼﺔ ﻃﺮﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻞ ﺧﺬ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﻓـﻼ ﺯﻛــﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣــﱴ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴــﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺟﻴـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠـﻐﺖ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺠــﻞ ﺗﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﰱ ﺳﻨﺘﻴـﻦ ﻳﺎﺭﺑﻴــﻊ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑـﻌﲔ ﻓــﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻴـﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻓﺘﻬـــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻨـﻢ ﻓﻼ ﺯﻛـﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴـﻦ ﻳـﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﻴﻬــﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺋـﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳـــﻦ ﺍﺑﺘﻌــﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐــﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺓ ﺟﺬﻋــﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐــﺖ ﻣﺎﺋـﺔ ﻭﺇﺣـﺪﻯ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺍﳍــﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﺎﺋﺘﻴـﻦ ﻭﺷـﺎﺓ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ ﺷﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﲦـﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﺷـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐـﺖ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻓﻔﻴﻬـﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺷﻴﺎﻩ ﺧﺬ ﻗﻮﻟـﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻬــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺿﺤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺿﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﺍﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﺑﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘــﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺩﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﳊﻠﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬــﺔ ﺍﻟـﺮ‪‬ﺃﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻳـﺮﻓﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘــﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺷﻴــﺌﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺆﻛﻞ ﻳـﺎ ﻭﻓﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﺑﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﻣـﺎﻡ ﱂ ﲡـﺰ‬
‫ﺃﺿﺤـﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺎﺓ ﳊﻢ ﱂ ﻳﻔﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔـﻮﻡ ﺑﻐﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ ﻓﺎﺣــﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﹼﻠـﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﹼـﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌــﺪﻩ ﻟﻠﻨــﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴـﻦ‬
‫‪115‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻳــﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑـﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌـﺪﻭﺩ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻳـﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻟﹼﻔﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﻘﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺐ ﻟﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻜــﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺎﱄ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻳﺴـﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﳝﺎ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﺒﺪﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺒﺊ ﺭﻏﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧ‪‬ﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺽ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﳋﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟـﻢ ﻳﻜـﻦ ﻋﻠـﻢ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻓﺎﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﳉﺞ ﺍﻟﺒـﺤﺮ‬
‫‪116‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﻀﻠﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻓﻼ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﹼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛــﺎﻥ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛـﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﱪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ـ ﻧﻔﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﲜﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﲨﻌﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﻱ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﻏﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﳊﻞ ﺭﻣﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻚ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﺎﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻗﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﻃﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺃﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﳓﻮﻩ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﳛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺟﻠﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻳﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﳝﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻓﺪﻧﻴﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻃﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﻧﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﺍ ﲨﻊ ﻷﻛﻞ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺫﻱ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻟﻴﺲ ﲟﻐﺘﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺻﺪﺋﺖ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺃﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻓﺮﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻙ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻭﱃ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻐﲑﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﶈﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌــﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺪﻭﺓ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﳉــﻬﺮ‬
‫‪117‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻉ ـ ﺍﻃﹼﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺿﺌﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﻓﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻟﺰﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﺢ ﻓﺄﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻘﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻇﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻖ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺢ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺧﲑ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﻧﻮﺭ ‪‬ﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﱯ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ) ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ( ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﻩ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋـﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺷــــﻌﺮﻱ ﻭﺩﺭﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻌــﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟــﺮ‪‬ﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﻤﺮ ﻗﺪﺳﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﰊ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﲔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻆ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻗﹼﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﲝﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﱪ ﻏﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﺹ ﻛﻨﻮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻏﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫‪118‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺑﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﳌﺴﺎﺕ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬـــﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﻌــﺪ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻻ ﻟﻪ ﻣـﻜــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟـــﻖ ﺍﳊــــــﺐ ﺭﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒـﻊ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺼــﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺣــﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﺮﻋﻰ ﻟﻠﻨﻌــﻢ ﻭ ﻟﻠﻌــــﺐ‬
‫ﺗﱰﹼﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻛﱪﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﱰﹼﻩ ﺃﻥ ﳛ ﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺼﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺄﺱ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺷﻖ ﺍﳊ ‪‬‬
‫א‬
‫ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬א‬
‫א ‪.1 ‬‬
‫ﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟ ﹼ‬
‫‪ ،3‬ﺩﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫א‬
‫א ‪ ،2‬א‬
‫‪ . 4‬ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﳑﻬ‪‬ﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬א‬
‫ﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺺ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،5‬ﺍﻟﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪. ‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.30‬‬
‫‪.31‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.31‬‬
‫‪.95‬‬
‫‪119‬‬
‫ﲨـــﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻋــــﻢ ﻗـــﻀــﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﻏﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻛﻬﻪ ‪‬‬
‫ﳔﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﻖ ﻟــﺬﻳﺬ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻃــﺐ ﻳـــﺬﻫﺐ ﱄ ﺃﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﳋـﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﳌﺜﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺐ ﻏﻼﻅ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻛﻪ ﲨ‪‬ﺔ ﲨﻊ ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﻃﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﲨ‪‬ﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﺑﺎﺳﻖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﲦﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺯﻭﻡ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﺓ‬
‫‪‬א‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻐﻴﺔ ـ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻃﺐ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻐﺬ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴــﺎ ﺃﻋﺠـﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻋــﺮﺏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌـﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺿــــﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺴــﺎ ﹸ‬
‫ِﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻫــﺮﺏ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﺗﻨﺠــﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜــــﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻗـــــــﻮﻉ ﺍﳍــــﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺣﻴــﺪ ﻣـﻨﻪ ﺃﻫــــــﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺠﺎﻡ ﲨﻊ ﺃﻋﺠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎﻋﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﺼﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻆ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻦ ـ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺬﻓﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﺮﺏ ﺃﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻘﻠﻚ ﺷﻜﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﳝﺎﺛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻻ ﲢﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﺮﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻫﺮﺏ ﻭﻓﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﺠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪.28‬‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.10‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﺎﳍﺮﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲢﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍﻇﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲢﺠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍﺗﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳜﻄﺮ ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻫﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﲞﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺳﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗــﱰﹼﻩ ﺭﰊ ﻋـــﻦ ﺻـﻮﺭ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﻗﻠﺒـــﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻛــﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺧـــﻄـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒــﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺼﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﳐﻠﻮﻕ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ـ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸﺒ‪‬ﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﹼﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋــﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺷــﻌﺮﻱ ﻭﺩﺭﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻌــﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟــﺮ‪‬ﺏ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻭﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﺢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ؟‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﻮﺏ؟ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻛﻨﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍ ﺣــﺎﺭﺕ ﻋـــﻘـﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻠــﻖ ﺛــﻢ ﺗــــﻮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻬـﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺼـﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﺎﻣﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺫﻋــﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ ﺃﺷـﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺘﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺻﺮﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻴﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺒ‪‬ﺤﺔ ﻣﱰﹼﻫﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺎﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺫﻋﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺠﺰﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﱪﺋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻣﺘﻔﻜﹼﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﳐﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﳌﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹶﻜﱠﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹾﻖِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤِﻴﻂﹸ ﺑِﻪِ ﺍﻟﻔِﻜﹾﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺑــﺎ ﻻ ﻳـﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﺪﻫــﻮﺭ ﻻ ﻛﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻳــﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﺼــﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺸـــﺎ ﻻ ﺷﺒﻴـﻬﺔ ﻭﻧﻈـﲑ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻷﺣــﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴــﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠـــﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸــــﺠﺮ ﻟـﻪ ﻳﺴﺠـﺪ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺟـﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺤﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺒﻴـﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻫــﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴـﺚ ﻣﻄﻴـﻊ ﱄ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤـﻞ ﺟـﻮ ﺍﳊﻠـﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳــﺮﻯ ﺣــﺮﻛــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺦ ﺑﻌﻮﺿﺔ ﻣﺴﻴــﺮ ﻗﻤـﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﻓـﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻛــﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺭ ﻭﻛـﻢ ﻣﺜﻘـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺯﻥ ﺟـــﺒــــﺎﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﲝـﺮ ﻭﻗﻔـﺰ ﺑﻼ ﺃﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺻـﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ﻭﺭﻳﺢ ﻣﺘــﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻛـﻞ ﺳـﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻤ‪‬ـﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﻔـﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌــﻠـﻢ ﻣﺴــــﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻠــﻜﻮﺗـﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺘــﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳـﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺧـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨــﺺ ﺛﺒــﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴــــﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘــﺪﺱ ﺫﺍﺗـﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭﻗﺒـﻞ ﻳـﺎ ﻗﻠـﺐ ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻴـــــﻒ ﻟﻠﻜﻴـﻒ‬
‫ﺗﱰﹼﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴــﺎﺕ ﻭﺣــﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻋﻘـﻮﻝ ﻭﻃﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺰ ﻋـﻦ ﺃﻳﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﻴـﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺟـﺪ ﻓـــﻲ ﻛــﻼ‬
‫ﺗﻘـﺪ‪‬ﺱ ﻋـﻦ ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﻋــﻼ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺮﻓﻴـﺎﺕ ﻭﻛــﻞ ﳏـﻼ‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻻ ﻋــﻨﺪﻱ ﺗـــﻌﻼ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﺁﺧــــــــﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻴـــﺲ ﻵﺧﺮﻳﺘـــﻪ ﺁﺧـﺮ‬
‫‪122‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃــﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫـﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻴــــﻒ ﻗﻠـــﺖ‬
‫ﻭﳌـﻮﻻﻙ ﻗـﺪﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﻠـﺖ‬‫ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨــﻘــــــﺺ‬
‫ﱐ ﱂ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜـﻮﺕ ﺭﺏ ﺍﳌﺺ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺷـﺎ ﺭﰊ ﺑـﻲ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﻴــﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘــﺎﺱ ﲟﺜﻠﻴــــﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧــﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻴـﺔ ﻳﻘــﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﲜﺴﻤــﻪ ﻳﻌــــﻠﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺭﺩﺍﰐ ﻣﻮﺻـــﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺻـــﻤـــــﺪﺍ ﺭﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺜﻴـــــﻞ ﻟﻠﻔــﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﻔــــﺆﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻋــﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻭﻋـــﺪﻻ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤـﺮﻙ ﺫﻭ ﺣـــﺮﺍﻙ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺇﺷﻜـــﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘــﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﺧـــﺎﻟﻔﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻗـﺪ ﻗﻠﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟـــﺐ ﺣﻘــــﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﻖ ﻟـﻲ ﺃﺣــﺪ ﳐﻠـﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻓـﻲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋـــــﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻣـﺎ ﺧﻠــﻖ ﺃﻋـﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻧﱯ ﺃﻳـﻦ ﻗﻠــﺖ ﻳﺎﻗﺎﺻـــﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴــــﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﺎﻟﺒــﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﺒـﻞ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﺓ ﻋــــﺪﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠـﺖ ﺿﻠﺖ ﻳــﺎ ﻣــﻌﺺ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻳﺴـﺎﻕ ﺧــﺬ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔـﺺ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠــــﺤﻖ ﺑﺒﻌــﺪﻳـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﲞﻮﺍﻃـــــﺮ ﻗﻠﺒﻴـــﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺰﻭﺟــﺔ ﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﳌــﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺒــﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﲬﻮﻥ ﻭﻇـــﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺂﻟــﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴـــﺔ ﻗﺼـﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳـﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻏﻠـﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠـــﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﻨﻴـــﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣـﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻃﻌﻨـــﺎ ﻟﻠﺤــﺸﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻛـﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺿــﺢ ﺑﻜـﻞ ﻭﻋــﻼ‬
‫ﻣـــﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻــﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘـﺰﻻ‬
‫ﺧﲑ ﻭﺷﺮ ﻋﻼ ﺑـﻼ ﺇﺷـــﺮﺍﻙ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺧﺎﻟــــﻖ ﺍﻷﻣـــﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻗـﺪﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻋﺠـﺰ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻨــــﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﳍﺰﻟﻴـــﺔ ﻛﺬﹼﺑﻨـــﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟـﻎ ﺣﺠـﺞ ﻳـﺎ ﳐﻠـــﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﻛﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﺴـﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣـﺎ ﻇــﻠﻢ ﻳـﺎ ﺃﻧــــﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺘـــﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﻗﺪﱘ ﺑﻜــــﻼﻡ‬
‫‪123‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘــــﺮﺁﻥ ﻟـــــﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻱ ﺃﻋﺠـــــﺰ ﻭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﺇﺭﻏــــــــﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻔـﻮﻕ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺇ‪‬ـــﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـــﻮﺏ ﺳﺘـــﺎﺭ‬
‫ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺗـﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺳـــﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺇﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﻟﺬﻧﺒﻪ ﻋـــﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﳏﺾ ﺗﻔـــــﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺆﻣـﻦ ﺃﻧــﻪ ﺃﻟـــﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳــﻦ ﻫﻴــﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮﻳــــﺔ ﺭﺩﻳﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻧــﺎ ﻭﻋـﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻌﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﻧـــــﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴــﻢ ﻭﺣـﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜــــﻞ ﲰﻴــــﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻦ ﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﲨﻴــﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺼــــــــﺪ‪‬ﻑ ﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺒـﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄــﻊ ﻻ ﻇﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻠـــﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘـــﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻇـــﻼﻡ ﺍﳊﻔﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺠﻮﻧـﺎ ﺍﻟﻜــﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘـﺰﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺫﺍ ﺣﺰ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﺼـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻘﻤـﺮ ﺑــﻼ ﺇﻧــﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻧــﺰﻝ ﻋﻈﻴـﻢ ﺗﺒﻴــــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳊـﻖ ﻣـﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺯﻣــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻇـﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻗﻬﺮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻋــــــﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻧــﻮﺏ ﳍــــﺎ ﻏﻔﹼـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘـــﻮﻝ ﻫــﻮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﺎﺿـﻲ ﻗـﻂ ﻻ ﻳﻌــــﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﱰﹼﻩ ﻋـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳـﻚ ﻭﺃﺿــﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻠـﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻴـﻦ ﻭﻧﻈـــﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﺸﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـــﺮﺩ ﻭﻗـﻒ‬
‫‪‬ـﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻳـﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﻨــــﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑــﻪ ﻣـــﻦ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧــﻘﺮ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ـــﻪ ﺍﻟﻔــــﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛــﺬﺍ ﻟﻠﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻨــــﺺ ﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍ ﻭﺑﺼﲑ ﺃﺗـﻰ ﻳــﺎ ﺭﺑﻴــﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـــﺮﺩ ﻓﻈﻴــﻊ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺎﻕ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣـــﺔ ﻣﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﳎـﻮﺱ ﺟﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﱄ ﺧﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺴـﻦ ﻓﻄـــﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺑﺪﺃﻫــﻢ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣـــﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺰﻻ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻧﺎﻝ ﻋﻼ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﻠـﻰ ﺑـﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺒـــﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺳﺤـﺎﺏ ﺑـﻼ ﺃﺳﺘـــﺎﺭ‬
‫‪124‬‬
‫ﺑــﺎﷲ ﻭﺣـــﺪﻩ ﺁﻣﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧـﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺫﻋﻨـــﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻣـــﺮ ﻛـــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺮﺟــﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﻻﻧــــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻴـﻦ ﺟﱪﻳــــــﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻧﻜﲑ ﻋﺘﻴﺪ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﻋﺰﺭﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤـﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـــــﺐ‬
‫ﲬﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻴﺖ ﺃﺗﺖ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴــﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻬﻴـﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﳒﻴـــــــــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﳊــﻠـﻮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﻧــﻮﺡ ﺷﻴــــﺚ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺭﺟﻴـــﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻌﻴــــﺐ ﺃﻳـــﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻛــﺮﻳﺎ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻞ ﳎﻴـﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤــﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺴــــﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳـﻰ ﻫــﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺘ‪‬ﺒــﻊ‬
‫ﺻـﺪﻕ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻧــــــﺔ‬
‫ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴــﻞ ﺍﻟﻜـــﺬﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴـﻎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣــﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﹼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻨـﺎ ﻭﻋﻤـــــﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻛﺘـﺐ ﺭﺳــﻞ ﻣﻨ‪‬ـﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭﺧﻴــﺮ ﻭﺷـﺮ ﻓﻬﻤﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻗﻨﺎ ﺑﻴـــﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺃﺧﻮﺍﻧــﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﳌـﻮﺕ ﺇﳝﺎﻧــﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴـﻞ ﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴــــﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳉﻨــﺎﻥ ﺩﺧﻴـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻳـﺎ ﳒـــﺐ‬
‫ﻋــﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺳـﻰ ﻋﺸـﺮﺓ ﺑــﻼ ﺗﻮﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺯﺑــﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴـــﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺻﺤﻴـﺢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﱄ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﺼـﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴـــﻢ ﺫﺑﻴــــــﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻫـﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﻴــﺢ‬
‫ﳛﻴـــﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﻴــــﺐ‬
‫ﺻﺎﱀ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺫﻫـﺐ ﻏﻀﻴــﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﺎﺱ ﻟـﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺮ ﻭﺟـــﻊ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﳏﻤﺪ ﺧﺎﺗـﻢ ﺃﲨـﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺒﻠﻴــﻎ ﳍــﻢ ﻭﻓﻄﺎﻧـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻨﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻛﻮﺭ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻤﺎﻧـﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﻧـﺔ ﻭﺻﺨﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻣـﺔ ﻣﻔﻬـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـــﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻠـﻲ ﻃﻠـﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻬـﺮﺍ‬
‫‪125‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﲑ ﻭﺳﻌﺪ ﺳﻌﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺸـﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻜــﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺟﺎﻟـﻜـﻢ‬
‫ﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﳒــﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻠــﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻤــــﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺋﻤـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌــﲔ ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻮﻑ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺮﻧـﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺨــﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﻓـﻲ ﺣﺠﻜـﻢ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺼـﻚ ﻭﺯﺍﻝ ﻭﺟﺎﻛـﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻴــﺮ ﺍﻷﻣـــﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻨﺠــﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﻛـﻞ ﻏﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺗﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠـﻪ ﻳﺎﻧﺎﻓــــــﻲ ﻟﺸﺮﻳــــﻚ ﻭﺍﻷﺷــﺒـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺬﺍﺗــﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻘــﺪﺳـﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻮﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻱ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﲑ ﻭﺷﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﰒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃﻫﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫــﻮﺩ ﻭﺷﻌﻴﺒـﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜـــﺒﲑ ﻭﻳﻌـﻘﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻩ ﺷﻬﲑ‬
‫ﰒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺗﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﺁﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻓﻨﻈﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻔـﻈﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣــﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻟـﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺣـﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻣـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﲝــﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﻃﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﲪــﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺠـﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﰒ ﻋﺮﺝ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺗﺒﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴـﺎﺀ ﻭﻛــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــــﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺒــــﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﺴــﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳉـﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟـﺮﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺠﻬـﺎ ﻋﺪﻳـﻞ‬
‫‪126‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻴﺨـﻨﺎ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗــــﻲ ﳒـﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﺍﳋــﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴـﻞ ﺃﺑﻨﻴﻼ ﺳــﺮﻯ ﺩﻓـﺎﻕ ﻛــﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺗﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺧﺘﻤﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺴــــــﺮ ﻻ ﺇﻟـﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓـﺬﺍﻙ ﺭﺳـــﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﻣﺮﲡــﻲ ﲜﺎﻫﻜﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺗﺒﻪ ﻣــﺪ‪‬ﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘــــﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻴـــﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﷲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟـﻪ ﻻ ﻟــﻮ ﺷﺮﻳـﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻟــﻮ ﻣﺜــﺎﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻠــﻪ‬
‫ﲰـــــﺎﻩ ﺑﻨــﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺣـﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﺭﺳﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻟــــﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒــﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﻟــﻮ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻨـﺪﺱ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﻓـﻲ ﲨﺎﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺃﺑــﺪﻯ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣــﻦ ﺻـﻠﺼﺎﻟﻮ ﻋﺎﺵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴـﺎ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺃﻧﺴﺎﻟـﻮ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻞ ﺑﺼـﺪﻕ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟــﻮ ﻻ ﻭﺟــﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﳏﺎﻟـﻮ‬
‫ﺧﺘـﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻛﻤــﺎﻟﻮ ﺑﺎﳌﺨﺘــﺎﺭ ﺍﳌــﺎﰲ ﻣﺜـﺎﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗـﻲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﻻﻳــﺰﺍﻝ ﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺸـﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻟـــﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻤـﻲ ﻓـﻮﻕ ﺧﻠﻔــﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﻠﻴﻢ ﻓـﻲ ﻭﻓـــﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳـﻦ ﺭﻓــــﺎﻩ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻟــﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺑﻔــﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻈـــﻢ ﺷﺎﻧـــﻮ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻔـﺮ ﻫﺪﻡ ﺟﻴﺸﺎﻧــﻮ‬
‫ﺭﳏﻮ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻳﺸﻴـﻞ ﻧﻴﺸﺎﻧـــﻮ ﺑﻴﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳـﻦ ﺗﻌﻈﻢ ﺷﺎﻧــﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺻﺤﺎﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻜــﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺸــﺮﺓ ﻧﻠـﻖ ﺑﻴﻬـﻢ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸـﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﳊـﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺸــــﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻳﻔﻮﺡ ﻛﻼﺋﺤﻪ ﻭﻧﺸــﺮﻩ‬
‫‪127‬‬
‫ﲟﺎﻟـــﻚ ﳓﻤــﺪ ﺭﺑــﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌـﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻨـﺎ ﻣﺮﺑـــﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻧﺰﻳﺪ ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺏ ﺑﺄﰊ ﺣﻨﻴﻔــﺔ ﻧﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸـﺮﺏ‬
‫ـﺔ‬
‫ﻋـﺮﺝ ﻓـﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠـــﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴــﺮ ﻋــﻠ ّ‬
‫ﻋـــﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋــﺰ ﻭﺟــﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺟــﱪﻳﻞ ﻓﻬـﻮ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘــﻦ ﳌﺨﺘـــﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﹼﻠــﻪ ﻋــﻦ ﻋــﻠﻲ ﺃﺳــﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺴــﲔ ﺍﳍــﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑــﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﻴـﻊ ﺍﳉـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜــﺎﻇﻢ ﺃﺳﺘـﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻨـﺎ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺭﻳـﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﺳـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗــﺮ ﻭﺳﻴــﻊ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺑﺼـﲑﻧـﺎ ﳎﻴـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜـﺆﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺧﻲ ﻭﺳـﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘــﻮﻡ ﺟﻨﻴـﺪﺍ ﺫﺍﻛــﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـــﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺑـﻲ ﺃﺭﻭﻡ ﻣﺘــﻤﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘــﻮﻡ ﺣﻲ ﻳـﺎ ﻗﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﺠـﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻳــﺎ ﺷﻠﺒﻴﻨــﺎ ﻭﻳﺎ ﲤﻴـﻢ ﺍﺗﻠﻔﺘــﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻃـﺮﻃﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﻮ ﺟﻠﻴــﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﰊ ﺍﳊﺴـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺷﻲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺨـــﺰﻭﻡ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻧﺘﺒــﺎﺭﻙ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺎﳉﻴﻠــﻲ ﺍﻟﱪﻳـﻖ ﺃﻧـﻮﺍﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻳﺎﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻧـــﺮﻭﻡ ﺃﺳــﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻜــﺮﻡ ﺳــﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪـﺪ ﻭﻳــﺎ ﳏﻤــــﺪ ﺍﻟﻔـﻮ ﺃﻟﻔـﻲ ﺧــﻄﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﻤـﺪ‬
‫ﻋـﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳـﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛـﺮ ﺍﳌﻔـﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻬــﺠـﺪ‬
‫ﺟـﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣـﻊ ﺳﻴــﺪﻱ ﺃﺻـﻐﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻛﻤـﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﻢ ﺃﻓﺨﺮ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪﻫــﻢ ﻓﺬﺍﻙ ﺍﻷﺷﻬـــﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﻄـﻮﺩ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺃﻇﻬــﺮ‬
‫ﲨـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼـﺎﺋـﻢ ﺫﺍﻛـﺮ ﺳﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐـﺎﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﺃﺭﺷـــﺪ ﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﺋــﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻜـﻮﺕ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺷﻴﺌـﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ ﺑـﻬـﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻜــﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﺑـﺢ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ــﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﳏـــﺮﻭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻌــﻮﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳊـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺃﰊ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴــﻚ ﺳـﺮ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻦ ﻋﻨـﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴـﺦ ﺩﻓــﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺮﺕ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﺟـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺏ ﺷﻠـﺔ‬
‫‪128‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺙ ﳌﻘﺎﻣـﻮﺍ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟﻌــﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻋﻄـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻴـﻞ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻟﻜــﻨﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺴــﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻓــﺬﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻠــﻮﺯ ﻣﻜــﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻇﻔﺮ ﲟﻘـﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺣﻈﻲ ﲟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﳉﻴـــﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺩ ﺭﻳ‪‬ـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗــﻲ ﻓﺮﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺾ ﺍﻷﻣـﺮ ﻏﻲ ﺗﺄﻛﻴـــﺪ ﻛـﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻣـﻮ ﺭﺷﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺇﳍﻲ ﺑﻐﻴـــﺮ ﺃﻋـﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺻﺤﺒــﻪ ﺃﺳﻴﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻳﻨﻴـــﻞ ﺇﻣـﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺑـﻼﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻄﻠﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣــﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﻳـﺎ ﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﺍﺣـﻔﻈﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﻮﻻﻧـﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨـﺎ ﻭﺍﻟـﻮﻻﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﻳـﺎﺳــﺎﻣﻌﺎ ﻣــﻌﺎﻧـــﺎ ﺍﻣﻸ ﺑﺎﻟ‪‬ﻨـﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺎﻧــــــﺎ‬
‫ﳓـﻦ ﻭﻣـﻦ ﻣﻌـــــﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺸــﻜﺮ ﻋﻨـﺪﻙ ﻣﺴﻌﺎﻧـــﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻜـــﻨﺎ ﱄ ﻏــــﻨﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻃــﻪ ﺃﺳﺒـﺎﺏ ﻋﻨـﺎﻧــﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﻜـــﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻨـــﺎﻧﺎ ﺑــﻪ ﻧﺴـــﻜﻦ ﺍﳉــﻨﺎﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﱰﹼﻩ ﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻨـــﺰ‪‬ﻩ ﺭﰊ ﻋــﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﻃــﺮ ﻗﻠﺒـﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﰊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ ﻭﻏﺮﰊ ﻓﺮﺝ ﻛﺮﰊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻧﻈﻒ ﻗﻠﱯ ﻭﺍﺣﻔﻈﲏ ﳑﺎ ﳛﻠﲏ‬
‫ﺛﺎﱐ ﺧﻄﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﺠـــﺄﻱ ﻭﻛﺎﺷــﻒ ﻛــﺮﰊ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳍﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨـــﺎﺱ ﺗﻀﻄــﺮﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﺴـﻜﻦ ﻗﺼـﻮﺭ ﻣـﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ )ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﻳﺎﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ( ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻄﻠﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻩ ﻳﺎﺭﺑﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺻــ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺯﺩ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺒــﺎﻩ‬
‫‪129‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺗﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺗﺐ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﺭ ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﳊﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻒ ﻣﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﱐ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺘـﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺩﻋﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺋﻚ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﲝـﻖ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻙ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤ‪‬ﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻮﺭ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺏ ﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺜﺎﺀ ﺛﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻣﻨــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺮﺍﻁ ﻓـﻲ ﻳـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﻟــﺰﻻ‬
‫ﻭﲜﻴﻢ ﲨﺎﻟﻚ ﲨ‪‬ﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻔﻈﺎ ﻭﺣﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺃﺟﻨ‪‬ﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻟﺴـﻨﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻛـﺮﻙ ‪‬ﻠـﻼ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ‪ :‬‬
‫‪. 1‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻟﹼﻒ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻧﺜﺮﺍ ﻭﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ـ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﳛﺜﹼﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺩ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.60‬‬
‫‪130‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﹼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻊ ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﳛﺜﹼﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤﺴﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﳜﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﳋﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲪﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﺒﻂ ﻫﺒﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳ‪‬ﺴﻮﺍ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻤ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﱃ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺋﺦ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﱘ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﳌﻦ ﻳﺎﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﷲ ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ(‪.‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺪﻣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﲡﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﲟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻨﺔ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻄﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﱪ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺧﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﲟﻮﺍﺳﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳊﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪131‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻼﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻄﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺳﻔﺎﺳﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻔﺎﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﳐﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻓﺈ‪ ‬ﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳜﻄﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ )ﻣﺎﺧﻼ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺑﺎﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﻤﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻋﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﺗﻌﻒ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻜﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺻﻮﺹ ﻳﺸ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ( ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﲑﻭﺍ ﺑﺴﲑ ﺳﻠﻔﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﷲ ﻻ ﻟﻌﻠﹼﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﺧﻼ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﲟﻌﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﺮﻡ ﺻﻐﲑﻛﻢ ﻛﺒﲑﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﲑﺣﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻳ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻨﻴ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﻓﻘﲑﻛﻢ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﲪﲔ ﻳﺮﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﺩﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﳏﺎﺭﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫א ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﱘ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﺋﺦ‬
‫א‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﺞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﲜﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ـ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺩﻓﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻛﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﺧﻼ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺴﻨﻮﺍ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻮﺍﻃﻨﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻭﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻐﻨﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻬﻦ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻛﻢ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻛﻢ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻼ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻼ ﲦﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺗﻜﻢ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א ‪،‬א‬
‫‪.31‬‬
‫‪132‬‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ‬
‫א‬
‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺭ ﻟﻘﻮﱄ ﺃﺛﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻟﻨﺼﺤﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺼﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺐ‬
‫א ‪ ،2‬ﻭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﺼﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺎ‪،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻮﻻﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻐﻮﺍ ﻟﻘﻮﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻨﺼﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺮﺍ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﲢﻤﺪ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﲏ ﺃﺑﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻮﱄ ﻭﻗﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺘﺼﻢ ﲝﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻮ‪‬ﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﲢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺫﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻬﺘﺪﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﱘ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺒﺎﰊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ..‬ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺟ ﱠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺁﺩﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻌﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ‪،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺷﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﲟﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳊﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪133‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪ ،‬א ‪..12 ،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ ...‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻫﻮﻟﻜﻢ ﻋﱪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﲟﺎ ﺟﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﰊ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﲝﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻻ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﲝﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺒﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﺎﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺒﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺫﻫﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻖ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﶈﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﲟﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﺳﺘﺮ ﻋﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻳﺔ ﺗﻐﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪134‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻒ ﺍﻷﺫﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻜﱪ ﻭﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻼﱐ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﺱ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺫﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ـ ﺃﻓﺎﺽ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﹼﺮ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺣﻢ ﺻﻐﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺍﻓﻘﲏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﲏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﻄﹼﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺼﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﲝﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﳎﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ـ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺻﺪﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩ ﹼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻧﻔﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﺤﻜﻪ ﺗﺒﺴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺫﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺆﺫﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺫﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺮ‪‬ﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺒ‪‬ﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻏﻮﺛﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﻴﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻩ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺰﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺳﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﺘﻚ ﺳﺘﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺍ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺎﻻ ﺫﺍﺋﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺒﻮﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻖ ﲬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻮﻻ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺠﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﺑﺈﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‬
‫‪135‬‬
‫ﻋﺠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﺖ ﲟﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﺭ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺻﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﳛﺘﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻴﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻌﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﳌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺋﻘﻪ ﺍﳉﲑﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺘﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳕﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺫﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻔﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺴﻮﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﳏﺰﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮﻩ ﻳﺘﺠﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﳒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﳒﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳــﺎ ﺭﺏ ‪‬ـــﻢ ﻭﺑﺂﳍـﻢ ﻋﺠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﺍﻟــﺮﺷـــﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺤــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟـﻪ ﻭﻋﺰﺗـﻪ ﻭﲟﻠـﻚ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻣـــﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺑـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌــﺰ ﺍﻟﻌــ ‪‬ﺰ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔـــﻊ ﻭﲝﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨـــﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻘــﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌــﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻠـﻪ ﻭﲪﻠﺘـــﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﻛﺮﺳـﻲ ﻭﺍﳋـﻠـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌـﺎﱂ ﺭﻗــﻪ ﻭﺫﻛـﺮﻫـﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻀـﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻋــﺪ‬
‫ﲜﱪﻳـــﻞ ﻭﻣﻴـﻜـــﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﻌﺰﺭﺍﺋﻴــﻞ ﻓﺸـﺪ ﻋﻀـﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴــﻞ ﻭﺧﺸﻴﺘـــﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻜــﻞ ﻣﻠـﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺠﺪ‬
‫‪136‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ( ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ ـ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻــﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺪ ﻭﺳـﻠﻢ ﻟﻨـﱯ ﺍﳍـــﺪﻯ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻨﻔـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋــﻼ ﺃﺣـﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤـﺎﻻﺕ ﻃــﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻗﺘـﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻛـﻒ ﻛـﻒ ﻃـﺎﻣﻊ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺎﺀ ﻛـﻴﻒ ﺗـﺮﻗﻰ ﺭﻗﻴـﻚ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﲰـﺎﺀ ﻣـﺎ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺘـﻬﺎ ﲰـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﻧــﺖ ﺟﺌـﺖ ﺑﺎﳊـﻖ ﻧﺼﺤﺎ ﻟﻠﺨـﻠﻖ ﻋﺠـﻤﺎ ﻭﻓﺼــﺤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧـﺖ ﺍﳋﻀـﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﲑﻙ ﻧﻀﺤﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻭﻙ ﰲ ﻋـﻼﻙ ﻭﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺩﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺳﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺜﹼﻨــﺎﺀ ﺃﻧـﺲ ﻭﺣﺒ‪‬ﻨـــﺎ ﻋـﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﺛـﻨﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﳐــﻤ‪‬ﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﻓــﺎﲪﲔ ﻋـﻨﻚ ﺇﳕـﺎ ﻣﺜﻠــﻮﺍ ﺻﻔـﺎﺗﻚ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋـﻠﻴـﻚ ﺃﺛـﲎ ﺍﻟﻠـﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﺺ ﻭﺑـﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟــﻚ ﺍﺧﺘــﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋــﺔ ﺍﻷﻣـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔـﺼﻞ ﺃﻧـﺖ ﻣﺼـﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻮﺋﻚ ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺻــﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻻﺡ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺭ ﻟﻴــﻼ ﺃﻟﻴـﻞ‬
‫‪137‬‬
‫ﺧﻔــﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻼ ﻃﺮﺍ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﻏﺪﺍ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ‪‬ﺰ ﻟﻌﺰ‪‬ﻙ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻼﺑﻞ ﺍﻷﻓــﺮﺍﺡ ﺗﺮﻗﺺ ﻓﺮﺣﺔ ﳊﺒﻮﺑﻚ ﻭﲣﺼﻴﺼﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺳـﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗـﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ ﲰــﺎ ﻭﺗﻄــﺎﻭﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﳛـﺎﻥ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺰﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫــﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔـﲑ ﺃﺗﺎﻙ ﺳﺮﺍﻋﺎ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲑ ﺷﻌﺎﻋـﻬﺎ ﴰـﺲ ﺍﻷﻓــﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺃﻓﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﺪﻥ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺳــﻴﺪ ﻭﻏـﺪﺕ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺫﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺮﻓﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﺪﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻴﺴﻪ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﱪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﺷﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻓﻦ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﱪﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪‬ﻳﺰﺍ ‪‬ﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﴰﻞ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺪ‪‬ﺩﺕ ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﻓﻨﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻣﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﻋﻈﻴﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻔﹼﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺰﻛﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﳎﺎﻧﺒﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻏﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻉ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪138‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﻏﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ‬
‫ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺗﺬﻛﺎﺭﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﲑ ﻭﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺴﻠﻚ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﺤﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﱎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻤﻲ ﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺷﻜـﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﻄـﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻀﻬﻢ ﻫﻄﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﳘﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺪ ﺭﺑـﻚ ﻭﺍﻗﺼــﺮ ﺍﻵﻣـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎـﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻛـﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻤـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻜﻮﺍ ﻣــﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘـﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤـّﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﻓﻴـﻪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﲑﺍ ﻭﺷـﺮﺍ ﻻ ﳏـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺃﺭﺿﻮﺑﻮ ﻳﺎﺯﻣـﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻐـﻮﺍ ﺍﻵﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻳﺎﺭﺟـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺿﺪﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﻳﺎ ﳒﺎﻝ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺿـﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻨـﺎﺀ ﻭﺯﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﳐﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺫﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻮ ﺿﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﻭﺇﺣﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﻭﻣﺜـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻼ ﻋﺠــﺰ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻳﻔـﺎﻝ‬
‫‪139‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺔ ﺃﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﶈﻴـﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﻐـﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ ﻣـﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻳﺎﺧـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻣﻘــﺎﻝ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻮﻧﻮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺫﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺣﺎﺷﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻋﻀﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺎﱂ ﻏﲑ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺣﻴﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻳﻔـﺎﻝ ﲰﻴﻌﺎ ﲰﻌﻮ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺪﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﱰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺫﻭ ﻛﻤـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻤﻮﻥ ﺭﺑ‪‬ـﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌــﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻴﻌﻮﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻌﻮ ﺍﺩﻋﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻭﻃﻤﻌﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﺗﻨﲑ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻃﺮﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻗﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﺮﺽ ﲢﻈﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﲢﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺟﺎﺭﻛﻢ ﺃﲪﻠﻮﺍ ﱄ ﺃﺫﺍﻩ ﻭﻟﺪﻏﻮﻟﻮ ﻳﻀﺮ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻕ‬
‫ﺃﲪﻠﻮﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻏﺪﻕ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪ ﺇﻳﺎﹼﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﱪ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﱪ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﱪ ﻋﻤﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻳﻮ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺿﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺼ‪‬ﻠﻨﺎ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺑﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺗﻠﻮ ﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺸﻔﻲ ﺳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﻔﻨﺎ ﻫﻔﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﻠﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﳍﻔﻨﺎ ﺧﻔﻨﺎ ﺧﻔﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﰊ ﺍﺳﻌﻔﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺻﹼﻠﻮﺍ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻄﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺎﺕ ﳘﺎﻋﻪ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﻋﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﻛﻠﻮ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﺐ ﳝﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺰﻳﻨﻜﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻊ ﻳﺸﻴﻨﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﳚﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻮﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴ‪‬ﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﺼﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻵﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﻏﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪140‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠـﻪ ﺍﻟﻠــﻪ ﺍﻟــﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠــﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟـــﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠـــــﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳــﻲ ﺳﺎﺟــﺪ ﲢﺖ ﻗﻬــﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻷﻣـﺎﺟــﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴـﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳍﻮﺍﺟــــــﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻴــﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠـــﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤـــﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴـﻤﻴﻨـــﻪ ﻣﻄــﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻴــﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺼـــﲑ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻴـــﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨــﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﻇـــﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤــﺲ ﲡﺮﻱ ﺑﺄﻣـــﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜــﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﰒ ﺑــــﺪﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳـﺢ ﺗــــﺬﺭ ﲟﺸﻴﺌﺘـــﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺧــــﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓــﻖ ﺗﺮﻗﺺ ﻃﻴــــﻮﺭﻩ ﳉﻤــﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤـــــﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺧﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺣﻴـﺰ ﺃﻣـــﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﳉﺒـﻞ ﻫﻀـــﺐ ﻭﻗﻠــﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﺒﻴـــﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺜﻴــــﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻗـــﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺒﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴــــﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴــﺮ ﻋـــﻠﹼﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺼـﲑ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺯﻳـــــﺮ ﻻ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺑــﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺸــــﲑ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﻣـــﺮ ﷲ ﺟــــﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺴﺎﻋـﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻈﻴــــﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗــﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴـﺐ ﻋﻨـــﺪﻩ ﺟﻞ ﻗـﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﻋـ ‪‬ﺰ ﺟﻨـــﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﻣــﺮ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﻭﺑﻌــــﺪ ﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﻏﲑ ﻏـﺮﺽ ﻭﻋﹼﻠــﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺰ‪‬ﻫﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛــﻞ ﺿــــﺪ ﻭﺷﺮﻳـــﻚ ﺛـﻢ ﻧـــﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﻛـــﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﻳﺼـﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻝ ﻛﻠـــﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳــﺮﻯ ﺟـﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻟـﻚ ﻟﺪﺑﻴـﺐ ﺍﻟﻨـﻞ ﺛـﻢ ﺳﺎﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻮﺽ ﻃﻨﻴﻨـﻪ ﺫﻟـــــﻚ ﻳﻌﻠﻤــﻪ ﺑﺈﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻭﻗــــﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛــﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻴــﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺟـــ ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻔــﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺠــﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺋـﻼﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻣـــﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤــﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜـــﺮ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐـــﺪﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺻــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻔــــﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻜ ﹼﻞ ﺳــﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﺒﺴــﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﺭ ﺣﹼﻠــﺔ‬
‫‪141‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻴــﺮ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻤـﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺼـﻼﺓ ﺷﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﳉـــﺬﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺍﻣـــﺾ ﺗﻌـﺮﻓﻮﻫــﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺒﺴــﺎﻁ ﺗﺮﺷــﻔﻮﻫــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻣــــﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﺿﺒــﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﻤﻤﻜﻢ ﺍﺟﺬﺑﻮﻫــــــﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻮﻣــﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺣﺮ ﺍﳍــﻮﺍﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﺮﺍﻋﺎ ﻏﻴــﺮ ﺣﺎﺟـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﺪﻕ ﺣــﻮﺯﻭﺍ ﻗﺼﻮﺑـﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺸﻜﻢ ﻳــﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﺼﻮﺑــﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻏــﻔﺮ ﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔـــﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻚ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺭﺍﺷـﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﻼﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺣــ ‪‬ﻦ ﺭﻋــﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻜـﺮﻡ ﺍﺑـــﻦ ﻣــﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﺤﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟــﺖ ﲪﺎﻣـــﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻙ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣــﻦ ﻳﻌﺸــﻖ ﳏﻤـﺪ‬
‫ﳓﻤـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟـــﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳـﻞ ﺍﳌــﺎﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻨـــﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﻧـــﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻣـــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺼﺒـﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﲪـﻦ ﻋﻴـﺸﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﻳـﺎ ﺭﺳـــﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺼﺒـــﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺎــﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻤــﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫‪142‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻳــﺎ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺸﺎﺣــﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻠـــﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺍﺭﻑ ﺗﻐﺮﻓﻮﻫـــﺎ‬
‫ﲡﻠﺴـﻮﺍ ﻛﺮﺳـﻲ ﺍﻷﺟـﻠﹼـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻛـﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻇﺒﻮﻫــــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻤـﺎﺭ ﻗـــﺪ ﺗﺪﻟﹼــﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﺟـﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻓﻌـﻮﺍ ﻣﺜــﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﹼﻠـــﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍـــﺪﻱ ﺳﻴـﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﺼﻮﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻊ ﺧﻴـﺮ ﺛﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻧـﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔــﻢ ﻧﺎﺷـﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺩﻳـﺲ ﻓﻴﻬـــﺎ ﺣـﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣـﻦ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻋــﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟـﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒــﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟــﻪ‬
‫ﻗـﻞ ﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺸـــﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳــــﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟـﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﳋﻠــﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻲ ﻃـــﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻔـﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳒﻠـﺖ ﻋﻨــﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺴـﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻤـــﺎﺭ ﺣــﺎﱄ ﺫﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﻓﻘﺖ ﻛـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘــﺪﺭ ﺍﳌــﻜﻴـﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭ ﻳﻀﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣــﲔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠــﻰ ﻋﻬـــﺪ ﻗﺪﻳـﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏ ﻗـﺪ ﺣﺒﺎﻧـــﺎ‬
‫ﺳـﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺒــﺎﻥ ﻋﻨــﻲ‬
‫ﺴــﻔﻦ ﲡـﺮﻱ ﺑﻠﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣــﺎ ﶈــﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺒــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻧـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸــﻖ ﺃﺿــﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺘـﻢ ﻭﻃﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﺍﻛــــﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨـﻠـﻒ ﺣـﻖ ﺑــﻲ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻙ ﻗﻴـــﺪ ﻣﻌﻨــــﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﲡـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳـــﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺤـﻮﺓ ﻭﺻــﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺒــﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺭﻭﺍ ﱄ ﻗﺒــﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠـــﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛـــﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺏ ﲨﻌـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟـﻮﻩ ﻣﻨﻬــﻢ ﺿﻴــﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺣـﺼـﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌـــﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺸــﻖ ﻋــﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺒــﺄ‬
‫ﻧﻘـﺮﺃ ﺍﳌﺼﺤـﻮﺡ ﺩﻭﻣـــﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻳـﻦ ﺣـﻮﺭﺍ ﺣﺴـــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻣﻴـﻦ ﻷﺟﻠـﻪ ﻃـــﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺑـﻲ ﺛـﻢ ﺳﻠﹼــﻢ‬
‫ﻟـﻲ ﺭﺳـــﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﲪـﺪ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺑــــﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔـﻲ‬
‫ﻛــﻞ ﻣـﺎ ﻳـﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﻣــﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺬﻳــﻦ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺛـــﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻧـﺖ ﻳـﺎ ﴰـﺲ ﺍﻷﻓـــﻖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺻﺪﻳـﻦ ﻃﻴﺒــﺔ ﺃﻡ ﳔﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻏـﻠﺲ ﺃﺑـــﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣــﻊ ﻳﻬﻤـﻲ ﻭﻳﺴﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻌــﻠﺖ ﺣــــﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺘﻤــﻮ ﻳـﺎ ﺯﺍﺋــﺮﻳــﻦ‬
‫ﻛــﻮﱐ ﻋﻘﻠــﻲ ﻣﺮﻳــﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻗــﲏ ﻣﻨﻜــﻢ ﺭﻫﻴــﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳛـﻞ ﻋﻨـﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺛـــﻮﻕ‬
‫ﳌﻘـــﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﻄـﻔــــﻰ‬
‫ﻗـﺪ ﻧﻘــﻮ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳉﻔـــﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﻫــﻢ ﻻﺡ ﻳﻠﺼـﻔـــﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺘﻤـﻊ ﺗﺴﻄــﻊ ﺷــﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻓــﻲ ﻗﺼــﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﳐــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳـﺄﰐ ﻣـﻦ ﻛـــﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﻌﻴـﻦ ﻛــﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺫﻓـﻲ ﺍﳋﻴــﺎﻡ ﺳـﺎﻛﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺋﺪﻳـــﻦ ﻋـﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠـﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻋـﺪ ﻋﻠـﻤﺎ ﻻ ﳛــــﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻈـﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـــﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻬــﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻴــﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﻨــﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺘﻤــﻊ ﻟـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒــــﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫‪143‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺗـﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﹼـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺣــﻲ ﻃـﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻗــﻲ ﺣـﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗــﻲ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻟــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻬــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﺣــﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳍﺎﴰـﻲ ﺑﻜـﻞ ﻭﺻـﻒ‬
‫ـﺎ‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﻟـﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺒـﺮﺍﺀ ﳊـﻤ ً‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜـﺔ ﻛــﻞ ﻭﻗـﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻴـﻪ ﺑــﺄﺭﺯﺍﻕ ﺣﺴــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺼـﻼﺓ ﲟﺎﺀ ﻏﻴــﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺢ ﺻـــﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻡ ﰒ ﺣ ‪‬ﺞ ﻛــﻞ ﻋــﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻛـﺬﺍﻙ ﲨﻌــﺎ‬
‫ـﺎ‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺮﻫـــﻢ ﻳﻘﻴﻨ ً‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻘـﺎﻉ ﺑﻜــﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺿ ‪‬ﻤـﺖ ﻋﻈﺎﻣــﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺿ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲰـــﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨ‪‬ـﺎﺕ ﻋـﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﳛﺼﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﻨ‪‬ﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻗــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻼﻝ ﻟﻴـﺲ ﻳﺪﺭﻛـﻪ ﺍﻷﻓـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻧ‪‬ﺴــﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺑــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﻓـﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍـﺎ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻨـــﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺗـــــﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃـﻪ ﺳﺒﻴـــﻞ‬
‫ﲨﻴـﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴــﺮﻩ ﺍﳊﻠــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻋﻈ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻣــﺎ ﺃﻗـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﺴﻤـﻊ ﻣـﺎ ﻳــﻘـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫــﺎ ﺍﳉﻠﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻀﻴﻬــﺎ ﺑﺬﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﲬﺲ ﺩﻭﺍﻣﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻞ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻴـــﻞ‬
‫ﳚـﻮﺯ ‪‬ــﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴـــﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺟﺪﺍﺙ ﳍـــﻢ ﻇـﻞ ﻇﻠﻴـﻞ‬
‫ﻏـﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺳــﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺨﺮ ﻭﳎﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲨﻠﻪ ﺍﳉـﻠﻴـﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨــﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻕ ﺣﻴــﺚ ﺣـﻞ ﺍﻟﱰﻳـﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓـــﻼﻙ ﺑﺄﺣـﻼﻙ ﲡـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ‪‬ـﺎ ﺧﻴــﺮ ﺟﺰﻳـﻞ‬
‫‪144‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﻉ ﻋﲏ ﻛﻼﻣﻚ ﻳــﺎ ﻋﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺫﻛــﺮﻩ ﻓﻬــﻮ ﺍﳉﻬــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻛـﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺤــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤـﻞ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻄﻠـﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗـﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻟـﻪ ﻗﺒـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻌﺸﻊ ﻳﺴﺘﻀﻲﺀ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻟﻀـﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻄـﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﺗــﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﳌﻌﻨـﻰ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻻ ﺳـﻮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﻻ ﺃﻧ‪‬ـﻪ ﺣــﻲ ﻃـﺮﻱ‬
‫ﳌﺎ ﺳﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﺱ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺣﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺠﻴﺞ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻘـﺎﻡ ﻟـﻪ ﺿـﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﺗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺋﺐ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺤﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺣـﺎ‬
‫ﴰﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﻰ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺵ ﺣﺒﺎﻫـﻢ ﲞﻴــﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟــﺎﻝ‬
‫ﳍﻢ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒـﻼﺩ‬
‫ﳚﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺼـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴـﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﲔ‬
‫ﻳﻈ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨــﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ‪‬ـﻢ ﺟﻨﻮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺑﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺴـﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ــﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜـﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﺷـﻔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛـﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺑــﻲ ﺛـﻢ ﺳﻠـﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻌـﻢ ﺍﻵﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺻـﺤﺎﺏ ﲨﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﱐ ﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺒـﺎﻻ ﻻ ﲢـﺮ‪‬ﻛﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻓﻘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﻛــﺮ ﻓﺼﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﳚ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﳍـﻢ ﻋﻴـﻦ ﺑﺎﺻـﺮﺓ ﳌﺎﺣـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺩﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒـﻄﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻔﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺿ‪‬ﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻕ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﳛﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺘـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺣـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬـﻢ ﻋـﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﺭﺍﺣـﺎ‬
‫ﳌﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒـﻲ ﻃـﻪ ﺍﳋﺘـﺎﻣــﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻳﺸﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﲰﺎﺣــﺎ‬
‫‪145‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻠـﻮﻙ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ‪‬ﻭﻟﱡﻮ ﻭﻋﺼﻮﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻧﻜﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺎﺀ ﺭﺩﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛـﻼﳘﺎ ﺃﺿﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒـﺪﻱ ﻭﺭﺳـﻮﱄ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺸﻮﺍ ﺑﺴﻜـﺘﻮ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻜﺎﺳﻠﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻴﺘﺎﻣﻰ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺏ ﻋـﺰ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﻘﺮ ﲟﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﻣــ‪‬ﻴـﺰﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ ﻋـﻮﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﻭﻓﻮﺍ ﻣﻮﻋـﻮﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﻻﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺨﺴﻮ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻗﻴﻖ ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﰒ ﺍﳉﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋـﺔ ﺣﻠﻮ ﺇﳚـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻥ ﻃﺎﻋﻮﱐ ﻣﻠﻜﺘﻬﻢ ﺭﺷﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳــﻚ ﺃﺣـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻋﲏ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻟﻘﻴﺘﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺗﻈﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺮﺿــﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻠﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛـﻼﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﻲ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﺘﻮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻋــﺬﺭﺍ ﻟﻜـﻢ ﻋﻤﺪﺍ ﲡﺎﻫﻠﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻳـﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺫ ﹼﻝ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﺰ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﲡﺰﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺴﺮ ﺍﻣـﻬﻠﻮ ﲢـﻈﻮ ﺑﺴﻌﻮﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﺴــﻤﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺪ ﰲ ﺻـﻌﻮﺩﻭ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﻳﻮﺭﺙ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺃﺣﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﳝﺤـﻖ ﻛﺴﺒﻜﻢ ﻭﳝﻨﻌﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺣـﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲰﻌﺘﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻬﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻄﻮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻮﻛﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺤﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫‪146‬‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫< <‬
‫< <‬
‫< <‬
‫]‪< <oÖ^nÖ]<h^fÖ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫)‪ 1889‬ـ ‪ 1962‬ﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫‪147‬‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﲤﺪ ﺭﻗﺎ‪‬ـﺎ ﺷـﻮﻗﺎ ﺇﻟﻴـــﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻘﺎﳘﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻـﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴـــﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠـﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴـــﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘـﺪ ﻫـﺬﺍ ِﺑ ﹶﻄــ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ ﲡـﺪ ﻣﺘــﻮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﲡﺪ ﻗﻮﻻ ﺻﺤﻴﺤـﺎ ﻣﺴﺘـﻤﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺃﻟﻔـﺎﻅ ﺣﺴــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﻏـﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗــﻲ ﺇﲰـﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﴰﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺠﻴـﺮ ﲟـﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻــﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻃﺎﺏ ﳍـﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﻴـﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺴﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺼﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺯﺩﺣـﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺫﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺼﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻬـﻮ ﺯﻧﺪﻳـﻖ ﺿﻠـﻮﻝ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺻـﺎﺣﻲ ﻳﺸﻔـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﺑــﻊ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﺼــﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﳍــﺎ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻼ ﺭﻳـﺐ ﻗــﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﱯ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻄﹼـﺖ ﺑﺴﺎﺣﺘـﻪ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺻـﻼﺓ ﻻ ﲢـﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺗـﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﺰﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺰﻡ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺣﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻀﻰ ﰲ ﳍﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﻨﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻔﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺛﻴـﻦ ﻣﻘـﺎﻣـﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﳏﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺑﻼﺿــﺠﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻕ ﻣﺮﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨـﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻮﺯ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻧﺼﻴﺤـﱵ ﳌﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ﹸﻔﻮ ‪‬ﻩ ‪‬ـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻟﺼـﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺲ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻋﻨـــﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﳍﻔـﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﺍ ﻋﻨـﻪ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﹼﻠﺤﻈــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﻡ ﻟﺬﻛـﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﳋﻠـﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻄﻒ ﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳊﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠـﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻨﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﲦﺎﺭ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﻧﺒـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪‬ﻋـﹶﻠﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳚﺪ ﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻬـﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﳛﻈﻰ ﺑﺎﳋﻴــﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻻﺡ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺠﻌـﺎﺕ‬
‫‪148‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺡ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﻳﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺴﺎﱐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ‪‬ﺍﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﳋﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﻑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻣﺢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻄﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﻋ ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺎﺯﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﺣﻜﻮﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﺖ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﲑﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﺐ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫‪149‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻖ‪ 1‬ـ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﻴﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻨﻌﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﲝﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻷﺧﺘﻪ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﻋﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻓﻞ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻘﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻘﻮﺍ ﺇﺭ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻜﺖ ﱄ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴﺎﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻥ ﻗﺪﻭﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﻦ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺗﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻔﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺰﻏﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻠﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺄﳍﻦ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﻈﺮﻥ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ؟‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻦ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﻦ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺸﻔﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻦ ﺇﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﺯﻏﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﻠﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪150‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻀﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻴﺸﻮﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﲨﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﲑﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺄ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﲢﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺭ ِﳛ‪‬ﻴ ِﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻋﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺃﺳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻌﻪ ﺃﺧﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺟﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﻘﺴﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺚ ﳌﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺗﲑﺍﺏ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺩ ﻋﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺎﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺩ ﻋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﺃﺧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻮﻃﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻀﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻬﺾ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺩ ﻋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﻟﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﻟﻀﻴ‪‬ﻌﻚ ﻓﺎﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻭﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪151‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺬﺑﺎ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺧﻠﻖ ﲪﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﳝﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻪ ﺧﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲝﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻄﻦ‬
‫ﺭﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﺮ ﻛﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﳜﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭ ﻛﻴﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﻞ ﺣﺼﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲝﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻮﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻬﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﳜﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻭﻫﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻳﻌﺎﳉﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺍﺭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﳛﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺒﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺧﺒﲑ ﲞﻔﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﺎﰿ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻔﺾ ﺍﳋﺼﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺟﻪ ﳌﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﺗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲦﺔ ﺷﻲﺀ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﳊﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺎﳊﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻔﻀﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺟﻔﻮﺓ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ ﻃﺒﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﳛﺘﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﳛﺒﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺁﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﺴﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﻬﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻳﺼﲑ ﺃﺳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻏﻀﻨﻔﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﲪﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳛﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﻮﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳒﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪152‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﲨﻌﺔ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺄﺩﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ‪‬ﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺻﻨﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﲑﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﱭ‬
‫ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻦ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﺭ ‪‬ﻋﺎ ﺗﻘ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻋﻔﻴ ﹰﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺼ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻟﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺷﻔﺎﻗﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲪﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﳍﻢ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﹼﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ـ ﻫﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴ‪‬ﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﳓﺔ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﺸﻴﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻘﱪ ﻣﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻄﻔﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﰊ؟ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺧﻠﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ‬
‫‪153‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﺝ ﻭﺟﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﻋﺰﺍﺀﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻗﱪ ﻣﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻴﺪﻩ ـ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﳌﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﱂ‬
‫ﳜﱪﻙ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ؟‬
‫ﻓﺴﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻭﺟﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺳﻬﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻧﲔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﳉﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻊ ﻏﻔﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻭﺍﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﳓﻮﻩ ﻟﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﲏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻤﺘﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﲰ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﻭﻃﺎﻋ ﹰﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﱄ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﳊﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻬﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﲣﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪154‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲰﺤﺖ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﹼﻫﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻓﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﺎ ﳊﺎﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﻬﺾ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﳎﻠﺲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﱐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﻐﻴﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺭﻛﺎ ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺎ ﻟﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻛﻤﻠﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﱐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﺎﺩﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺍﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲪﻴﺪ ﺧﺼﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻣﲏ ﻭﺃﻏﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﰐ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳍﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺎﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﺟـﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻣـﻦ ﻳﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﺑﺎﻩ ﺗﺎﷲ ﻣـﺎ ﻇﻠﻢ‬
‫‪155‬‬
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
156
‫< <‬
‫< <‬
‫< <‬
‫< <‬
‫]‪< <Äe]†Ö]<h^fÖ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻄﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‬
‫‪157‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻃﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ )ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻷﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺃﺗﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﱵ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﲏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺣﺴ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﱐ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺰﻣﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺠﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻏﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻲ ﺃﺥ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ـ ﺇﱐ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻔﺮ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺫﻥ ﱄ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺜﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﺖ ﺻﻮﺏ ﺣﻠﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻄﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻈﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻈﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﰊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺳﺄﻟﲏ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫‪158‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺬﻩ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺃﻃﻌﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﻀﺮﻩ ﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻃﻌﻤﲏ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺷﻴ‪‬ﺨﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﱄ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﳜﺪﻣﻮﻙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰒ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹼﰎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺨﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺋﺦ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻈﻮﺓ ﻛﱪﻯ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻣﻜﺜﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺟﺌﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻠﻔﻚ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺷﺎﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ﺻﻌﺒﺎ ـ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺌﺘﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﱄ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﳌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ :‬ﲢﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻔﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲣﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﲔ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻼﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻚ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﻓﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪159‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺎ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ )ﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧ ِﺪ ‪‬ﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻭﻙ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻼﺯﻡ ﳌﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻕ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻙ ﺑﺸﻔﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻧﻚ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﲟﻜﺎﻧﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮﻛﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﲑﻫﻢ ﺃﺫﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﻞ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺮﻛﻮﱐ ﻭﺷﺄﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻠﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺆﺍﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺃﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺪ‪‬ﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻌﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﻛﻮﻩ ﻭﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﱵ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻗﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺃﺗﺘﲏ ﻏﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ـ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ؟ ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻩ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﱐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﲏ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﻛﺘﲏ ﻭﺷﺄﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﺑﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺯﻣﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺩﻑ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺼﺮ‬
‫)ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ( ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﻀﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫‪160‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺏ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﻳﺪ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱄ‪ ،‬ﺃﻇﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﳋﻠﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﺭ ﻓﻔﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﺟﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﻗﺪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﻜﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻌﻪ ﰒ ﺁﰐ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻷﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﻋﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺡ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻣﺬﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﻭﺩ ﺗﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﶈﺠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ )ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺖ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﻈﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺣﻠﻮ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺟﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﳌﺴﺘﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭﻓﲑ ﻭﺭﺃﻱ ﺭﺍﺟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﺑﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺋﺦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺮﺷﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫‪161‬‬
‫ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺮ ﻟﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﰱ ﺟﻨﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻔﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﺛﻮﺭ ﻋﻔﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺍﺟﻞ ﺃﻡ ﺣﻼﻗﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ )ﻫﻴﺎﻓﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ )ﺷﺮﺑﺎﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ )ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﻔﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻳﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻧﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﲔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻷﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻏﺘﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﲝﺮ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﹼﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺘﲔ ﺃﺛﺮﺗﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰲ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﻬﻪ ﻭﺇﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻻﺫ ﺑﺮﺣﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﱪﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪162‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻃﻼﻻﺕ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺑ‪‬ﻰ ﺭﺟﺎﻻ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻃﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻴ‪‬ﺮﻫﻢ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﹰﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺻﺤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﻮﺧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ِﺮﻳ ِﺪﻳ ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺫﻗﲔ ﻧﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻔﻊ‬
‫‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﻤﺮ ﻭﻟﺬ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻟﻴــﺎﺀ ﻓﺈ‪‬ــﻢ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻬﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱰ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺎﻣـﻊ‬
‫‪‬ﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﳚﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺷﺎﺳﻊ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﲎ ﻭﺍﲰﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺼﱪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺷﺎﻓـﻊ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺎﻟﺰﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻔـﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﻣﻨـﺎﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‬
‫‪‬ﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺎ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻨﻮﻧﺎ ﻳﻀﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﳚﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻏﲑﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﻭﺩ ﺗﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﺼﺤﺒﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪163‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﻏﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﰊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺣﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﲢﺪﺛﺎ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﳌﺎﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﺎﻟﻜﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺩﺋﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭﻣﺮﰊ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻭ‪‬ﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺗﻪ ﱄ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪‬ﺳﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﳌﻌﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺯﺧﻪ ﺗﻘﻮ‪‬ﻡ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﻓﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻗﻮﻳﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﰲ ﻧﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻳﺒﺎ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﳝﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﺧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻌﺸﻊ ﺳﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻠﹼﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻻ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻻ ﲢﻴﻂ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪164‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﺫﺍﻫﺒﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻃﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻠﻲ ـ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪) :‬ﺃﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻤﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﻫﺒﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺳﲑﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻞ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺰﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻔﻴﻖ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺯﺭﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻋﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳚ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻲ ﻣﺮﻫﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻮ ﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﲔ ﺻﻌﺐ ﻭﺷﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮ ‪‬ﻳ ﹶﻘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺮﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﻣﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﳌﻦ ﲢﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲨﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﳜﺮﺝ ‪‬ﻢ ﻃﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳛﺪ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﳍﻢ ﻟﻠﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺑﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﳌﺄﺫﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﳝﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻔﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻋﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﻭﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﱵ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺒﻮﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﲰﻊ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺃﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫‪165‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻯ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪﱐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﲰﻊ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﲟﻜﺎﱐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺗﻨﻴﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺿﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺯﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﱵ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺴﺴﺖ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﱂ ﺃ‪‬ﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﺮﺩﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﻓﻌﺖ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻀﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺎ ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃ ﹼﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﲏ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﰊ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮ ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺟﺌﺘﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻷﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺁﱐ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺣ ّ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫)ﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﻼﺑﻴﺔ( ﻭﻏﻄﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪) :‬ﻛﻴﺖ ﻭﻛﻴﺖ ﻭﻛﻴﺖ( ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀﻩ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﻗﻮﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﰒ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﺮﻩ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎ؟‬
‫ﺿﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻳﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪166‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﺟﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻳﺸ‪‬ﻊ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺰﻣﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮﻣﻦ ﳏﻈﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﻃﻠﺒﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺳﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻬﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻼﻩ ﻭﺟﻠﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺿﻄﺠﻊ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺺ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻉ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﲏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺑﻞ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﻘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻼﱐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺣﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺇﺧﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﳑﺴﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺘﻠﻮ ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻸ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﲟﺴﺒﺤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻦ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻮ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺃﻣﺲ ﺿﺤﻰ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻚ؟‬
‫‪167‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺼﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺗﺎﱐ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺣ ‪‬ﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺘﻚ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﱪﻩ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺮﻛﹸـ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ـﺎ‬
‫ﺐ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﹸﺃﺧ‪‬ﺎ ِﻃﺮ‪ ‬ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﻣﺤ‪‬ـ‪‬ﺒِﺘ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِـﺮ‪‬ﻭﺣِﻲ ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺭﻛﹸـ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹸﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻓﹶـ ٍﺞ ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﻫﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺷﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﹶﻛ ﹾﺄ ‪‬ﺳ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺳ‪‬ـﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﹶﺃﺳ‪‬ـﹸﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ـﻲ ﹸﺃ ﹸﺫ ﹲﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ـﺰ‪‬ﺍ ِﻝ ﺻ‪‬ـﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹸﺃﺻ‪‬ـﻐِﻲ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻗﹶـ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻧﻬ‪‬ﺎﻧِﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻟ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺻﻲ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻋﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺳﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰ ـ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻗﺴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺬﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺤﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻛﻢ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻠﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻲ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻴ‪‬ﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲰﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻳﺒﻐﻀﻪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﺎﺀﺓ ﳌﻦ ﺭﻛﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﻴﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﺷﻖ ﻣﻌـﲎ ﺣﺴﻨﻨـﺎ ﻣـﻬﺮﻧﺎ ﻏـﺎﻝ ﳌـﻦ ﳜـﻄﺒـﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺴـﺪ ﻣـﻀﲎ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﲎ ﻭﺟﻔـﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺗـﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻨــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓـﺆﺍﺩ ﻟﻴـﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﻴـﺮﻧــﺎ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣـﺎ ﺷـﺌــﺖ ﺃ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻓﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌـﺖ ﻓﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﺳﺮﻣــﺪﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻔـﻨـﺎﺀ ﻳﺪﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻔـﻨـﺎ‬
‫‪168‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲢﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﻄﺠﻊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺻﺎﱀ‬
‫ﻷﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ـ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ؟ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺣﺠﲑ ﺇﺧﲑﺵ ﻗﺪ ﳌﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻜﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺣﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳌﺎ ﻭﺳﻌﻪ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻏﲑﻙ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺎﻳﺔ ﻻﺣـﻈﺘﻚ ﻋـﻴﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻨـﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌـﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﻛﻠـﻬ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﳌﹼﺎ ﲰﻊ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻙ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﺳﻨﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺴﻜﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﲏ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫‪169‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻄﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻄﺎﻕ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﳌﻦ ﻫﻲ‪‬ﺀ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﺎﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﻥ ﱄ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻔﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺽ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻟﻞ ﲟﻦ ‪‬ﻮﻯ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺏ ﺻﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲤﹼﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻓﺤﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺒﺎ ﺷﻬﲑﺍ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼــﺎﳊـﲔ ﻛـﺘـــﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟـــﻼﺣﻘﲔ ﺭﺟــــﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺩ ‪‬ﺭ ﺷﻴـﺦ ﺍﻟــــﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﻣــﻦ ﻛـﺸﻴﻒ ﻻ ﺗـﺒــﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺑﺎﱐ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﻳﻄﺮﺍﱐ ﻟﺒﺲ ﱄ ﺗﻴﺠﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﱄ ﺭﰊ ﺟﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺩﻳﺐ ﻋﺐ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﲢـﺐ ﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺒــﺄ‬
‫ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻠﻚ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﲔ ﻧﻘﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﳓﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﻣﺎﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒ‪‬ﻊ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ـ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻧﻘﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﱪﻫﺎ؟‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﱄ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫‪170‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﲢﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻭﷲ ﺩ ‪‬ﺭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﱪﻱ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻴـﺮ‬
‫ﻭﲢﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳋﻠﻲ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﺭﺍ ﺿﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺧﺎﻣـﻼ ﻭﺗﻜﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﲡﱪ ﺫﺍ ﻛﺴــﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﻣﻦ ﳉﹼﺔ ﺍﻹﰒ ﻓﺎﺗﻜﺎ ﻓﺄﻟﻘﺘﻪ ﰲ ﲝـﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺑـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒـﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻇﻔﺮﺗﻪ ﲟﺮﺷـﺪ ﺧﺒﲑ ﺑﺼﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻼﺀ ﻭﻣـﺎ ﻳﺒـﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻟﻘـﻰ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺣﻠﹼـﺔ ﳝﻨﻴــﺔ ﻣﻄﺮﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﺍﹾﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻤ ِﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﺴﺮ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻭﻭﺻﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴ ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺰﺭ ﻭﺗﺄﺩﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻴــﺔ ﺗﺄﺩﺏ ﳑﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳊــﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻓﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺳﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺏ ﻭﳎﺬﻭﺏ ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺫﻱ ﻗﺒـﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪﺭ‬
‫‪171‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ"‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺑﺎﱐ ﲝﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺚ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻷﻗــﺪﺍﻡ ﻗــﺪﻡ ﺣــﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜـﻤﺎﻝ ﺧـﺘـــﻢ‬
‫ﻛــﻮﺯﻩ ﻟﻠـﻔﺎﺿــﻲ ﺗــﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﻀـــﺮﺓ ﺍﳌـﻠــﻢ‬
‫ﻏـﻮﺛﺎ ﻛـﺒﲑﺍ ﻳـﺎ ﺃﺣﺒـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺷﻴــﺪﺍ ﻣــﺎ ﻋـ ﹼﻄــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻠــﻪ ﻓﺎﺗــﺢ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴــﻢ ﺳﻨــﺔ ﻭﻛـﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﺍﻛــﻢ ﻳــﺎ ﺇﺧـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴــﻒ ﻏــﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻐـﻴﺜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣــﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺑــﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷـﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﳌـﺎ ﻭﺳــﺨــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻨ‪‬ﺄ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﹼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﲑ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﲑﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﲔ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﻮﻙ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺐ ﻭﺿﲎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺟﺎﺀﱐ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﲤﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫‪172‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺃﺿﻊ ﺭﺟﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻲ ﰲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺿﻊ ﺭﺟﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺿﻊ ﺭﺟﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺴﺔ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻂ ﻏﺮ‪‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒ ﹸﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﶈﻴ ﹶ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻟﻒ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ ﹶﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻗﺪ ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍ ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺄﺩ‪‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﺖ ﺭﺟﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ ﻗﺪ ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﺣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﺖ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻼﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻄﺮﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺟﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﲢﻀﺮﱐ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﻨﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻄﻦ ﺑﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱘ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺿﺎﻋﺖ ﱄ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺑﻘﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﲝﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻴﻖ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﱪﱐ ﺳﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺷﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﲟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﻨﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻇﻬﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﱯ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﺠﻢ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﺧ‪‬ﺮﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﺍﺗﻪ ـ ﻃﻌﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺑﺘﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﺗﺎﻧﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﻨﺠﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪173‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﱐ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻌﺒﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﻴﻚ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﲡﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﺵ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺧﺮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﱯ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﱂ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﱴ ﻏﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺩﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﱯ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻤﻌﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺑ‪‬ﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺼﻼﺓ ﰒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﺑﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺣﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺒ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﲜﺴﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺑ‪‬ﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﺎﻙ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺸﺒﺎﻙ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺟﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺍ ﻓﻬﺒﻂ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﺷﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﰊ ﺳﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺟﺪﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺩﺛﻨﺎ ﲝﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﺮﺑ‪‬ﻊ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺣﱴ ﻋﻼ ﻓﺄﺩﺍﺭ ﲜﺴﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﺎﻙ ﻃﺎﺋ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﻨﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﻫﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻨﺘﻚ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﺀ ﲰﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺘﻚ ﺣﻮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺎﺑﻨﺘﻚ ـ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻨﱵ ﺣﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻜﺜﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﺖ ﺑﺒﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲰ‪‬ﻮﻫﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪174‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻙ ﺳﻼﻣﺎ ﻣﲏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻋﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﹸﻓﺘﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺼﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﳍﻢ ﺍﲰﺎ ﺍﲰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺃﺧﱵ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒﹶﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﰲ ﻏﻴﺎﰊ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﻨﺠﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻣ‪‬ﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﱄ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﲑﺍﻥ ﻭﻛﺸﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻓﺮﺩﺍﱐ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺮ ‪‬ﺩﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﲣﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻓﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻒ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺃﻣﺪﺩ ﳍﺎ ﻳﺪﺍ ﻷﻣﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺴﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﳏﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺟ ‪‬ﻦ ﳝﺴﻜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﻨﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺱ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﺎﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺃﺗﺮﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳉﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺟﺎ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳜﺘﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻃﻠﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪175‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﶈﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺩ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓـﻼ ﺗـﺮﺿﻰ ﺑـﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﺑـﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﻛـﻦ ﺃﺑـﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﺸـﻖ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻴـﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻠﻐـﻴﺐ ﺫﺍ ﻋــﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ‪‬ﺗﺤﻈﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻـﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘــﻼﻕ‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲡﻬﻨﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺻﺎﱀ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻖ ﳚ‪‬ﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻳﺪﻭﺳﻮﻥ ﲨﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﻗﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﺩﺭﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺪﻩ ﻏﲑ ﺭﺍﺿﲔ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺗﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺧﻮﰐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﺭ )ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺜﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺷﻲ ﻭﺧﻠﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻨ‪‬ﺄ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫‪176‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﺜﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺄ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﱄ‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻓﺾ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ـ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ـ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻗﻄ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺷﻐﻔﻪ ﻭﺣﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺇﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ـ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻣﻸﺕ ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻘﲔ ﻭﺭﻛﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺜﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﻄﺖ ﺳﺠ‪‬ﺎﺩﰐ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺎﺭﺣﲏ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﻣﺴﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ؟‬
‫‪177‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺭﺟﻞ ﳛﻮﻡ ﺣﻮﳍﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺁﺧﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺭﻳﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺲ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﺿﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﺿﻮﺀﺍ ﻗﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﺭ‪‬ﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺤﺒﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﱂ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﺣﲏ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﱄ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﺩﺑﺎﺑﲑ ﺗﻠﻤﻊ ﳌﻌﺎﻧﺎ ﺷﺪﻳ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻮﱐ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻻ ﻃﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺧﺰﻧﺎ ﻵﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﱐ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﻈﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺳﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﰒ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻠﻜﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﻟﺔ ـ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻳﺮﻗﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺟﺎﲦﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺒﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻜﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ؟ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺮﱐ ﺑﻘﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺷﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﳜﻔﲏ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﻧﺰﻋﺞ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﱂ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻟﻔﻆ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺌﺲ ﻣﲏ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺳﻮﻃﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﻗﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ‪‬ﺮﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻼﺓ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﻟﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺜﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺧﺬ ﳛﺒﻮ‬
‫‪178‬‬
‫ﳓﻮﻱ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﻫﻢ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﲔ ﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﻜﺎﰲ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺻﻴﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻻ ﺃﻓﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻓﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻒ ﺣﻮﱄ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﱵ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﰱ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺳﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺁﱐ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺁﺫﻥ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻜ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻓﺴﺎﳏﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﱄ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺣﻮ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﳏﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﺄﻣﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻜﻤﲏ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﲟﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﺎﺑﲏ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺟﺪﺭﻱ ﺣﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻮﱐ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻭﺟﱵ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﲔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﺏ ﺃﲪﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ـ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻴﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻳﻄﻮﻓﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺷﻔﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﻴﺰﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻄﻮﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪179‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﳍﻢ ﻭﱂ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﺻﻴﺐ ﲟﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺼﺮ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰎ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ﳑﻠﻜﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺇﻣﺮﺗﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮ‪‬ﺿﺖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﲏ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻳﺸﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﱐ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻗﻀﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺩ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳــﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺷــﺬﺍﻩ< < ﺍﻟﻜــﻞ ﳌﺎ ﺳﻘﻴﺖ ﺗــــﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺴــﻜﺮ ﻓﻴﻚ ﻃﺎﺑــﻮﺍ< ﻭﺻــﺮ‪‬ﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﳍــﻮﻯ ﻭﻓﺎﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍ ﻟﻚ ﺳﺮ ﻃﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺍﻛﺘﺘﺎﻣــﻪ ﻭﻻﺡ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻇﻼﻣـﻮ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺮ ﻏﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻟﻮﻻﻙ ﱂ ﻳﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺘﺎﻣــﻮ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﺒـﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣ ﱠﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻃـﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﻮﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﻣﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻞ ﲰـﺎﻋــﻮ ﺷـﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺜـﺮﻭ ﻭﻧـﻈـﺎﻣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﲰـﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨـﻔﺲ ﻃﺎﺏ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﺍﻝ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻏـﺮﺍﻣﻮ‬
‫‪180‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻄﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﻪ ﻭﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﻳﺄﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﳊﺼﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺣﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺻﺒﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇ ‪‬ﻦ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺴﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺃﻣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﳘﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻓﻪ ﺑﺮﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﹼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﲔ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻓﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﺮﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻼﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﹼﺪ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﺴﻠﻤﻪ ﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﻔﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﻴﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪) :‬ﳓﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﲡﻤﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻚ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺮ‪‬ﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﳛﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﹼﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻼﺡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹼﰎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪181‬‬
‫ﻭﲤﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﳌﻮﻃﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﺒﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹼﰎ ‪‬ﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓ ‪‬ﺞ ﻭﺻﻮﺏ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻌﺒﺔ ﳏﺠﻮﺑﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﲝﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺯﻗﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺮﻭﺓ ﻃﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﳝﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺑﻮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﻕ‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺒ ٍﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻚ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺣﻞ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﻘﺔ ﻋﻴﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ ﺣﻠﻮﺑﺎ‪ ..‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻋﺠﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺯ‪‬ﻉ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ ﺣﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺈﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻜﺜﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺳﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺯﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻇ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺍ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻧﺴﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﳍﻢ ﺭﺯﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻮﺭﺛﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺳﻨﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﳑﻄﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪) :‬ﺑﺮﺍ ﺟﻌﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻭﻝ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫<<‬
‫<<‬
‫<<‬
‫‪182‬‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻪ ﺍﳉﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﻮ‪‬ﻧﺔ‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫<‬
‫‪183‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻪ ﺍﳉﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺟﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﱠﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺖ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﺄﺣﺮﻕ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻮﻳﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﳏﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻝ ﻭﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﲰﺴﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻛﱪ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻵﻻﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﲟﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻠﺠﲏ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻷﺗﻔﺎﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺧﻮﹰﻓﺎ ﻣﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻓﺾ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲟﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻮﻳﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﲔ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﻢ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﲪﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﱪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﲞﱪ ﺍﳉﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺮﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻌﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﺌﻼ ‪‬ﺗﺤﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳜﱪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﳏﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺮﻛﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺿﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﳓﻮﻩ ﻹﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻞ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻬﺐ ﻳﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﶈﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺚ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻦ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺑﻪ ﻋﺴﻜﺮ ﻛﺜﲑﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫‪184‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﹼﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﳍﻢ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺅﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﱄ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺩﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻫ ‪‬ﺪﻡ ﻋﺪ )ﺁﺑﺎﺭ( ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻯ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻣﻌﺔ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﳍﻢ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﳜﱪﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻔﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﳐﺮﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻃﻌﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﻴﻀﻌﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﰎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﱪﻛﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻫﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺇﻓﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻹﲬﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻇ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻋﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺻﹸﻠﻮ ‪‬ﻩ ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻭﻩ ﺍﳋﱪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﺔ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫‪185‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻟﻴﻼ ﺷﺎﻛﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺮﻕ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ )ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻮﻓﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﺎﺏ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻓﻘﺄ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﲑﺳﻞ ﻟﻠﺠ ‪‬ﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳛﻀﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﳝﻨﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺃﺧﱪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺮﺩﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﱂ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﻕ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺯﻭﺟ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺒﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺟﻨﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺄﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﱪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺮ )ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ( ﻓﻮﻛﺰ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ـ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺒﻠﻰ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﳉﻨﲔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﻛﺰﻫﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻄﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﳍﺎ ﲤﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫‪186‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﻛﺰﺓ ﺍﳉ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﳝﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻳﻠﺘﻒ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺪﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﲏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺧﱪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﳍﻴﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﲏ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻳﻘﻈﲏ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﺻﻴﺐ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺼﻰ ﻋﻼﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺛﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﻆ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺎﺡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﱴ ‪‬ﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺰﻣ‪‬ﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺝ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻔﺼﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﳜﱪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﱪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﺑﻌﲑﺍ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺋﺠﺎ ﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﳓﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﱪﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻳﻼﺣﻘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﲟﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ؟‬
‫‪187‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﱐ ﻧﻮﻳﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺰﻭﺝ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺍﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﲑﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﺧﱪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﺄﱐ ﱂ ﺃﱎ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻏﲑﻱ ﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳉﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻏﺮﺍﺋﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻇ ‪‬ﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ـ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﲏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﳛﻀﺮ ﱄ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺼﻼﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻪ ﻫﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳍﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺳﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﺿﻴﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻇﻼﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﳉﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺸﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ـ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻃﻊ ـ ﻓﻼ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺭﺍﺫﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﳒﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﻃﻮﻻ ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺘﻄﻮﺭ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﺤﺒﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻐﻤﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺣﺠ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﲣﻠﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪188‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﺠﺎﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺬﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺣﺠ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺮ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻠﺖ ﻛﺘﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻃﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺐ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻖ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﻮﺗﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺘﺄﰐ ﺭﺍﻏﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﲟﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲤﺮﺩﻩ ﻓﻼ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺒﻀﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﻧﻴﻮﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻨﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻏﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺟﻨﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﲏ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺄﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﻘﺎ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭﺍ ﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﲏ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻣﻘﲏ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻣﲏ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻂ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻇﻬ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻬﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﲏ ﻫﺠﻤﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ‪‬ﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﻴﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ـ ﻧﺮﺣﻞ ﺑﺄﺑﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻸ ﻟﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪189‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﻔﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻏﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ‬
‫ـ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲦﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﳉﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻴ‪‬ﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺻﻮﺏ ﺣﻴ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭﻫﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨـ ‪‬ﺰﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺟﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﺜﺮ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﱐ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻷﻧﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﻳﻔﻴﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺿﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﻫﺮﺑﹰﺎ ﻡ ﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﱐ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﹼﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ﹼﰎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺑﺴﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳉﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻪ ﳍﻢ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻧﻮﺭ ـ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺳ ِﺮﹶﻗ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﲝﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﳑﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻄﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺁﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑﻡ ﳑﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﳛﻀﺮﱐ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﺎﲡﻬﻮﺍ ﺻﻮﺏ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺼﺪ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻢ ﳓﻮ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻒ ﺣﻮﳍﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫‪190‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺃﻳﻦ ﲨﺎﱄ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﲨﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﲏ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻚ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺑﻠﻲ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺰﻭﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺧﱪﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﲑ ـ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﻨـﺰﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﲝﻮﺯﺓ ﺇﺑﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﺧﱪﻙ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻄﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻄﻠﻌﻚ‬
‫ﺺ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﳜ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺠﻪ ﺻﻮﺏ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺻﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ِﺑـ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨـ ِﺰ ِﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨـﺰﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻓﺄﲰﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺂﺧﺬ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺃﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﲑﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﺒﻌﻪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻨـﺰ ﹸﻝ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫‪191‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﲏ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻀﻲﺀ ﺳﺎﺣﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﻠﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘ‪‬ﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﺎ ﺣﱴ ﳜﺘﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺠﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻏﺪ ﻭﰲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﳔﺮﺝ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺴﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻬﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺼﻠﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﳝﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨـﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﳔﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺄﺿﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻋﺠﺒﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳚﺜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻣﻄﺄﻃﺄ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺟﹰﻠﺎ ﺫﺍ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰒ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻨﻬﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻼ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺴﺖ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻳﺘﺼﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﻋﺮﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺳﺄﻟﲏ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻟﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻻ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺸﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺝ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺃﺿﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺫﺍ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻮﻗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪192‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺮﺟﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﺝ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﰲ ﺇﱃ ﺭﲪﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻮﻳﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﻷﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﺑﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ‬
‫ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺑﻀﻌﺎ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﰊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛــــﻼﻡ ﻣﺼـﺤــﻮﺡ ﳛــﻀﺮ ﻋﻨــﺪ ﻧـﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺳـﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘــﱪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼـﻠﻮﺡ ﻳﻠﻘﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻧــﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻔــﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﺄﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﲢﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﺬﺍﺅﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪193‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻫﺔ ﺃﻓﺎﻕ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱄ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎﳉﻴﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﱂ ﺃﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺣﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﺍ ﱄ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻣﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺰﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﺃﻟﻘﹼﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃ ﹼﰎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻓﺎﺿﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﺤﻮﺍﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺘﻀﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻼﻣﺬﺓ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻣﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺰﺭﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺁﻻﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﺰﺭﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﳐﻠﻮﻕ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻗﺼﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪194‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻏﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﺄﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﳊﻲ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺩ ‪‬ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺃﺿﺤﻰ ﳚﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻭﻗﺮﺑـﻲ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻞ ﰊ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻓﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﱐ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺳـﻮﻳﺪﺍﺀ ﻗﻠﱯ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻦ ﺣﺮﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻑ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻒ‬
‫ﲡﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺒﲔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤـﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺑـﺎ ﺟﻨﺎﺑﻜـﻢ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﻑ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺬﺍ ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﻨـﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻘﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻮﻳﻜﺔ ﻧﺰﻟﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳊﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﲝﺚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ؟‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺣﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﶈﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺤﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻙ ﻟﻠﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﳚﻠﺲ‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻼﻥ ـ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻢ ﲞﲑ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﺇﻻ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﰲ ﺇﱃ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻃﻨﻪ ﲜﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺳِﺌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﻭﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻫﻴ‪‬ﻨﺔ‪.‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪195‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻒ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﻻﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﲪﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋــﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗـﺪﺍﻡ ﻗــــﺪﻡ ﺣـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜـــﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺘـــﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﻀــﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌــﻠـــﻢ ﻛــﻮﺯﻩ ﻟﻠﻔــﺎﺿﻲ ﺗـــﻢ‬
‫ﻏــﻮﺛﺎ ﻛــﺒﲑ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺣـﺒﺎﺏ ﺭﺷﻴــﺪﺍ ﻣــﺎ ﻋـﻄــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻠــﻪ ﻓﺎﺗــﺢ ﺍﻟﺒـــﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠــﻴﻢ ﺳﻨــﺔ ﻭﻛﺘـــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺸــﺮﺍﻛــﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺧــﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﻔﻴﻨــﺎ ﻏــﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺜـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑــﻪ ﻟــﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـــﺎﻥ ﺇﺭﺷـﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﳌـــﺎ ﻭﺳﺨــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎﻷﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻠﻚ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﳏﺎﺻﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺒﻐﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻩ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﺩﺗﲏ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺪ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﺄﺣﻀﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻚ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪196‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﱄ ﻻﺗﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻜ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﺧ‪‬ﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻛﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﲡﻬﻨﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﲨﺎﻋﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﳏﺼﻮﳍﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﲝﻮﺍ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺭﲝﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﻣﻨﻌﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻮﺝ‬
‫ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺮ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﺟﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﲨﻊ ﻏﻔﲑ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺮﻋﲏ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺯﲪﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺄﻃﺄﺓ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻬﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻧﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺟﻠﺴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺃﺳﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﻀﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﲔ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﲔ‪،‬‬
‫‪197‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺷﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ؟ ﻓﺎ‪‬ﺮﱐ ‪‬ﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻗﻮﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺴﻜﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﺑﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳝﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﺄﺧﺬﱐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺃﻋﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻚ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻳﻪ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺗﺮﻛﻚ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﲟﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﺇﺫ ﳓﻦ ﲟﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺻﻮﺏ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺚ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﲢﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﲑﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﳓﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻣﺘﻠﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻈﻮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲰﻌﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺐ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺣﺼﻦ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ـ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ـ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﴰﺎﻻ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫‪198‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻬﺮﺗﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻃﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻷﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﲦﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻛﺮﳝﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﺨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﲢﻴﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺗﻨـﺰﻟﻮﻥ ‪‬ـﺎ ﻛـﺄﻧﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻣـﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺍ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ ﻛﺄﻧـﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻴـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺯﻫﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮﺭﻛﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑـﺮﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻛـﺄﻧﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻇـﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻗﻤـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﻭﺣﺶ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺑ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗـﻜﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺸﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺗﺬﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ـ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻱ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﺠﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺳﺄﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﻵﺧﺬ ﻣﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻭﺭﲝﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﰊ‪ :‬ﺩﻉ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺃﺭﺟﻌﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺭﺟﻌﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺎ؟‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺻﻴﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻓﺨﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﳉﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺨﺬﻳﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺛﻘﺐ ﲢﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫‪199‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺭﺕ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺏ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻒ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﻫﻞ ﻣﻌﻚ‪،‬؟‬
‫ﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺨﺬﻳﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪ ﺍﳉﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻬﺾ ﻭﲝﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﲢﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺟﻼﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﱂ ﻧﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳉﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﳉﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻓﻌﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳝﺪ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﱯ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﺫﻫﺐ ﰲ ﺛﺎﱐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺯﺭﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺷﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﺠﻠﲔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻹﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﺗﺎﺟﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﲔ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﳜﱪﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻏﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﲔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺃﰊ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺰﺩ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﺭﲝﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻤﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﺑﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺗﺮﻛﻚ‬
‫‪200‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻚ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺿﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﲝﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻼﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺰﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻠﻤﻪ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﱐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﰊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﰊ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﺶ ﻭﻻ ﳜﺪﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﺩﺕ ﺗﺼﺪﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﻏﺎﺿﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻤﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﻗﺮﺷﺎ ﻓﺎﺫﻫﺐ ﳌﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳏﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪‬ﺪﻭﺀ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﻠﻴﻈﺎ ﻓﻈﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻔﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻘﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺌﺘﻚ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻀﺖ ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺿﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻷﻧﺎﻡ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﳑﺴﻜﺎ ﲟﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻚ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﱄ ﻏﺮﺽ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪201‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻲ ﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺎﺱ ‪ ..‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﻬﻴﺔ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ـ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﱐ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﶈﻄﺔ ﺇﻻ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﺮﻯ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺃﻳﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻨﺒﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻮﻳﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﺣﻀﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻭﺧﺮﺟﺎ ﺫﺍﻫﺒﲔ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺑﺘﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻼ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻳﺼﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻮ ﻃﺮﻧﺎ ﻃﲑﺍﻧﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺭﻛﺒﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻚ؟‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﳊﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻﺗﻨـﺰﻋﺞ‪ ،‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪202‬‬
‫ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﲑﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ‪‬ﺪﻭﺀ ﻭﲤﻬ‪‬ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺻﻼ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻭﻩ ﻳﺘﺠﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺿﺎﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﺎﳘﺎ ﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﳍﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﺎﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﶈﻄﺔ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺮﺣﺒﲔ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﻧﺮ ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺟﺌﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ‪ ..‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺩﻫﺸﲏ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺟﻠﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺸﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺣﲑﺓ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﱂ‬
‫ﲢﺼﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﰊ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺭﻱ ﰲ ﻋﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺰﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪203‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻌﺰﻭﻩ ﻭﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﱂ ﻳﱰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺏ ﲬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﱂ ﳚﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺻﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﻋﻜﻢ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻌﻤﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﲝﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﳍﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍ ﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﻋﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲢﺮﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻛﺒﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺤﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﳊﻖ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺭﻛﺐ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﳛﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻭﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻛﺐ ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺮﻛﻮﻩ ـ ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪204‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻄﻌﻤﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻘﻈﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﻓﺄﺗﻰ ﺧﺠﻼ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨـﺰﻋﺞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﺮﺑﺘﻚ ﻭﺗﺼﻞ ﺃﰊ ﺭﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲡﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻳﻨﻬﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‪،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﲣﻒ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﻄﺖ ﺃﺳﺎﺭﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻮ ﰎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﹼﰎ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻋﺮﺑﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﻛﺒﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺣﺮ‪‬ﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒ‪‬ﻞ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻄﲏ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻏﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺰﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﺧﺘﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ‪‬ﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺄﺗﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺳﺄﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﻫﺐ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﻬﻀﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻭﻧﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺷﻌﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪:‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﻲﺀ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫‪205‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﻋﻮﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﺤﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﰒ ﺭﺑﻜﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻗـﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻟـﻬﺎ ﻋﻴـﻮﻥ ﺗـﺮﻯ ﻣـﺎ ﻻ ﻳـﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻨـﺎﻇﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻟﺴﻨــﺔ ﺑﺄﺳـﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻨـﺎﺟـﻲ ﺗﻐﻴـﺐ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﺗﺒﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺤـﺔ ﺗﻄـﲑ ﺑﻐﻴـﺮ ﺭﻳـﺶ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴــــﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﺼﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺣﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﲡﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻃﻠﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺸﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﻭﻳﻘﻄﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳚﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻻ ﻃﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﻘﻴ ‪‬ﻖ ﳉﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﲑﺣﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﺯﻋﺠﻪ ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺧﱪ ﺃﺑﻮﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺃﰊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻩ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺧﲑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺟﻼ‬
‫ﻹﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺩﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻠﻪ ﺳﻘﺎﺀﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻘﺘﻪ‬
‫‪206‬‬
‫ﻹﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻸﻭﺍ ﻗﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻔﺰ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﺳﻘﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﺎﺀﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﲝﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻍ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺳﻘﺎﺀﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﱪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﳍﺎ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﺣﺖ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﳝﻸ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﲪﻞ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺭﻳﺶ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎﺥ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ‪‬ﺘﺰ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺿﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﺍﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻓﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺣﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺘﺪﺛﺮﺍ ﺑﺜﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄ‪‬ﺾ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﲑﻩ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺗﻌﺒﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺤﻚ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻴﻠﺘﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﺠﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺋﻲ ـ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻨﻴﻘﺮﺓ( ـ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﺪ ﲨﻌﺎ ﻏﻔﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﺤﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﺼﺮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﲨﻊ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻢ ﳛﻴﻄﻮﻥ ﲟﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ‬
‫‪207‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﺭﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻮﻗﻮﻧﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﺪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻓﺮﺯ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﱄ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﺒﺔ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﳊﻘﻪ ﻭ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﲰﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﲰﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪:‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻋﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻳﺴﺄﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻃﻮ‪‬ﻟﺖ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻨﺎ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻃﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ـ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ـ ﺳﺄﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺋﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳘﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻄﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ‪ :‬ﻩ ﻩ! ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻻ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻓﺘﻌﺠﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺼﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺻﺎﺩﻑ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺑﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻃﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﺳﻼﻣﺎ ﻭﱂ ﳛﻀﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻮﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻛﺸﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﲔ ﳍﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻈﻮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺗﻴﺎ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎﻩ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺎ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻘﻒ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺩﻋﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫‪208‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻀﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﺖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻳ ‪‬ﺪﻝﱡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺖ ﺑﺈﺳﻬﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﲑﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﺻﻴﻼ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻨﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﺎﱐ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﺴﺮ ‪‬ﻋﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﱵ ﹶﻛ ِﺮ‪‬ﺑﺔ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺰ ِﻋ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻬﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻫﻨﻴﻬﺔ ﻣﺘ‪‬ﺠﻬﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻗﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻔﻰ ﺃﰊ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﻪ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻏﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﰊ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺘ‪‬ﺠﻬﺎ ﳓﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺳﻬﺎﻝ ﺃﺗﻌﺒﲏ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﻳﺄ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﻚ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺄﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﻔﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﺧﱳ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺒﺎﱐ‬
‫‪209‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ ﺇﺭﺩﺑﺎ ﺣﺼﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﲬﺴﺎ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﺭﺩﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﺤﺎﺡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﱳ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﺭﺩﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺘﻨﺖ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻘﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﲞﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﻔﻲ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺯﻭﺟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﲟﻦ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺑﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻚ ﻓﻼﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﲏ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻓﺮﻓﻀﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻧﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺻﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﲟﻦ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻔﻼﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻜﻴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﻓﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺯﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪210‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺗﺮﻛﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻌﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻠﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺰﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻟﻮ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺳﺠﺎﺩﰐ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻓﺘ‪‬ﺸﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﺬ ﻣﲏ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺰﻧﱵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺃﻭﱐ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﱪﻭﻙ ﻟﻘﺪ ﹼﰎ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ‪ ..‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻴﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺒﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﳜﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻢ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺬﻓﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻣﺮﺅﻭﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﲏ ‪ ..‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﰲ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﱐ‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺬﻑ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫‪211‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻘﺬﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻔﺮﺓ ﺇﳒﻠﺘﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻛ‪‬ﺒﺮﺕ ﻟﻪ )ﻋﻨﻴﻘﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﺃﺣﻮﺷﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺴﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﳍﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺗﻀﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻘﺬﻓﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﱐ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﲏ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﻭ ـ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳜﱪﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﻘﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ‬
‫ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﺳﺄﺭﻓﻊ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ‪ ..‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻛﻨﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺖ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻹﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﻬﺰﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺏ ﲪﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺎ‪ :‬ﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﲏ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺪﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﹸﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﺎﺑﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﲞﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻬ‪‬ﺰﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﰎ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺼﻞ؟‬
‫‪212‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺬﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳑ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻓﺄﺭﺩﺍﻩ ﰲ ﻏﻴﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻔﻖ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﱯ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻧﺎﺩﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻏﻠﻄﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺑﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﳏﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺷﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻌﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﳝﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻭ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﳛﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ( ﳕﻸ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻘﻲ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻄﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻀ‪‬ﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺗﺄﰐ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﻗﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﻄﻦ ﲜﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺠﺪ ﻋﻘﻼ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ..‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﱰﺣﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺒ‪‬ﻮﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﻀﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﻘﻲ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺃﻏﻨﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺬﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ـ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻌﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ـ ﻭﳓﻦ ﳒﺘﻬﺪ ﰲ ﻧﺰﺡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻃﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺶ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ ﳉﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮ‪‬ﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺶ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺻﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺄﺯﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻻ ﲣﻒ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪213‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ؟‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺶ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﻠﺔ ﳛﺼﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﺠ‪‬ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﻱ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳉﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﺃﳊﻘﻨﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﲣﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺶ ﻳﻨﻈﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻧﻮ ﻣ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻧﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﺼﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻓﺮﺗﻪ ﺳﻴﻄﺒﻘﻪ‪،‬ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﺸﺄﻧﻪ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺪﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﻠﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﺭﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﳋﱪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺜﺖ ﻫﺮﺟﻠﺔ ﻭﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺶ ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻩ ﻳﻬﺮﻭﻟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﺘﻤﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲨﻌﻮﺍ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻋﲑﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﰊ ﺭﻛﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪ ..‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻨﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺒﻮﺟﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﹼﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻠﻪ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺍﺑﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺴﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻌﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻈﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺭﻛﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺸﻰ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺆﺍﻧﺴﲏ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻘﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﲏ‪.‬‬
‫‪214‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺩﺍﺑﱵ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﻨﻜﻞ ـ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻌﻜﻮﻝ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺍﻛﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺜﺮ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺷﺄﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺃﺧﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻣﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻲ‬
‫ﳊﺮﻛﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ـ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﲝﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺠﻬﺖ ﺷﺮﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺧﻔﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﺎﻱ ﺇﻻ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﺣﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻲﺀ ﱂ ﺃﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻣﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻖ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺭﻣﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲟﻘﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨـﺰﻭﻝ ﻷﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺝ؟‬
‫‪215‬‬
‫ﺧﻔﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺼﺤﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺒﻄﺖ ﺑﲔ ﻏﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻓﻴﻤﻤﺖ‬
‫ﳓﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﲟﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﳏﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺳﲑﻱ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺳﲑﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺧﻠﻮﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ‬
‫ﱄ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺷﻨﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺘﺤﻤ‪‬ﻠﻮﻫﺎ؟ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺯﻋﺠﻚ؟ ﻓﻄﺄﻃﺄﺕ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺧﺠﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠﻄِﻠ ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﺮ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺆﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﱐ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜ ﱢﻞ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻌﲏ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ـ ﻛﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺆﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﲦﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﻗﺎ ﺟﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻘﺪﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺮﺑﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﴰﺎﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺑﺎ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﻏﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲰﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﺮﻡ‬
‫‪216‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﺗﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﺮ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻜﻔﻮﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﳌﻦ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﻗﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ـ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻟﺒﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺸﺄﱐ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﺗﻘﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﻋﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬
‫ﺲ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﳝﺎ ﺳﺨ‪‬ﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻏﻠﻘﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﻭﺻﺤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻋﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ‬
‫ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ؟‬
‫ﲝﺒﻞ ﺳﻘﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫ ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻃﻴﺒﻮﻥ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ؟‬
‫ﺻﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺘﻪ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﲞﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪217‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﲪﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺭﲪﺔ ﳝﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﻮ ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺧﱪﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ـ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺿﺎﻉ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺠﻪ ﳓﻮ ﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺧﱪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻄﻦ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺧﱪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻢ ﳓﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻮﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻭﲝﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻤﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻭﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪218‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﲏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄﺕ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﲣﱪﻩ‬
‫ﲞﱪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﷲ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺑﻘﺼﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﺜﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﻭﺻﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﳉﻤﻌﻚ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺿﻴﻊ ﺑﻌﲑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺼﺔ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ‪ ..‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﺪ ﺷﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ـ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﲨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﱄ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺩ ﻟﻚ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻄﻦ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﱄ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﺷﺎﺭﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﲏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﻙ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻣﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻷﻗﺒﻀﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﻓﻴﻨﻜﺰﻩ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻣﻨﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؛ ﺇﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻏﺰﻳﺮﺍ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻣﺘﻸﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳓﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺷﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺰﺭﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﲔ )ﺍﳌﺎﺯﺭﻋﻮﺍ( ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﲢﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻳﺮ‬
‫‪219‬‬
‫ﺁﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺞ ﻭﺻﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﲞﲑ‬
‫ﻭﻓﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻨﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﻮﺀ ﲝﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻈﻢ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﻗﺪ ﻫﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﳊﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻣﺪ ﻋﻮﺩﺍ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﻭﺃﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﺎﺩ ﺃﺳﻘﻂ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﺭﺯﻭﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺭﻭﻋﺔ ﲤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﺒﻴﻎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﺏ ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺤﺎﻗﺤﺔ ـ ﺃﺗﺖ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﹼﻤﻮﻩ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﳍﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﱂ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﺏ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﻓﻄﺎﻓﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻓﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻓﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺘﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻨﺎ ﻭﳓﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻧﺮ ﻃﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺜﻨﺎ‬
‫‪220‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻃﲑ ﳛﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﻗﺪ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻗﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﲏ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻴ‪‬ﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﻉ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻃﲑ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺻﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﻭﻭﺟﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻜﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻭﻩ ﺧﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺣﱴ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻮﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﳝﻜﺚ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻦ ﺳﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺣﻞ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﻉ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻠﺘﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﲨﻴﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪221‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﺭﻋﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﺑﺴﺒﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﺍﻝ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻤﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺻﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻃﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺳﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺷﺘ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﺷ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻓﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ـ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻓﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻗﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﳋﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻃﺎﻓﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﻤﻜﺜﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﱂ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﳊﺼﺪﻧﺎ ﺧﲑﺍ ﻭﻓﲑﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻫﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﻭﻓﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻋﺪﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺷﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻭﺁﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪222‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻔﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻷﻗﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﳛﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﱄ ﻟﻠﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﲜﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻐﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻫﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺣﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﱰﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻞ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﲰﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻩ ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳛﺘﺮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﳝﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﳓﻦ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﲟﺤﻄﺔ ﺳﻜﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﲪﺎﺩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﹼﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺃﻭﻩ ﲪﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﲢﻴ‪‬ﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﲪﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﻻ ﳕﺘﻠﻚ ﲦﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳒﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺧﱪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪223‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﳒﻌﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻨﻔﻘﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻌﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺐ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺬﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺮﺷﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪.‬؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﱂ ﳛﻀﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﻧﺘﺮﻛﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﱂ ﳜﱪﻭﻧﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ؟‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻇﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻜﺖ ﻋﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ‪‬ﺪ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻏﻤﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﺪ ﻳﺪﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺪﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻀﺔ ﻭﺻ ‪‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻨﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﲪ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻌﲔ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﻘﺘﻨﺎ ﻷ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺤﻚ ﻭﺳﻜﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪224‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻗﺪﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻂ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻃﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻘﻴﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺸﺎﺋﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻄﻦ ﺑﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﲞﱪ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺪﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﳉﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﻄﻮﻓﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻘﺎﻃﺎ ﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺄﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﰲ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﻤﻌﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺋﺨﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺣ ‪‬ﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻃﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻨﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻻﻗﻄﲔ ﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺜﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻗﻠﹼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﹼﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻻﻗﻄﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺸﻠﻨﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺇﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﻻﻗﻄﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺒﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳒﺪ ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪.‬‬
‫‪225‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﲰﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ـ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﻠﻬﺚ ﺧﻠﻔﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻼﻗﻄﲔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﲜﻬﺔ ﻣﻌﻴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ‪‬ﻢ ﰒ ﻳﺘﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺭﻛﻀﻮﺍ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎﱐ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻔﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﹼﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺯﺍﻕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﳋﱪ ﺳ ‪‬ﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﺃﺧﺪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻤﻸﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻼﻗﻄﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺭﻱ( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺑﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﻮﺍﺷﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﳎﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻤ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻰ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻗﺘ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻴﺜﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺳﺮﺍﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﺿﺤﻰ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨـﺰﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪226‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﻮﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻠﺔ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻮ‪‬ﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻭﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ )ﻣﺪﱐ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗﻞ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲰﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺿﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺁﳘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺠﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻳﺮﲡﻒ ﳑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺨﺎﻃﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻼ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﺌﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲢﻤﻞ ﳘﹼﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻋﺠﻚ ﻧﺒﺄ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﺳﻴﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﹼﺎ ﲰﻊ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺎﺣﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳋﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻫﺪﻭﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻐﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﻲ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﱃ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻤﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻴﺒﺪ‪‬ﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻉ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻄﻤﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﲟﺎ ﲰﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲟﺪﱐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺗﻠﻐﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺮﺍﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪227‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲪﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﹼﰎ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺫﺍﻫﺒﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻷﺗﺖ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﻧﻪ؟‬
‫ﻓﺄﺷﺎﺭ ﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﺭﺍﻫﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﲢﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﳕﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﱐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﲔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮﺗﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺘﺎ ﻣﺎﺀﺍ ﻏﺰﻳﺮﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﲏ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﰲ ﺿﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺷﻴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻮ‪‬ﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺍﻗﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻔﺮﺕ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺌﺮﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﺎﺀﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺑﻨﺖ ﲟﺮﺽ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﻳﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﺎﻗﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺀ )ﺍﻟﻜﻚ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﻴﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﻛﻠﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪228‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﲟﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ـ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ ـ ﻓﺄﺗﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﱵ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻌﺒﺘﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﻐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺗﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ )ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﳝﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺒﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﺳﺒﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﹶﻇ ‪‬ﻬ ِﺮ ِﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺳ ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﰱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺠﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ..‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ )ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺷﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼ ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻀ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫‪229‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻜﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻧﻘﻢ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻋﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﹶﻗ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺰﺍﲪﲏ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﱄ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻌﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﲏ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ﱄ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﲜﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺳﻨﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳉﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﺎﻓﺮ ﺣﺼﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻋﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺰ‪‬ﻳﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻠﺺ ﱄ ﺍﶈﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺄﺗﺎﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ( ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺑﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﲨﻠﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﺜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻭﱂ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻃﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲝﺜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻻ ﲡﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﺧﱪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻻ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﱰﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻥ ﲨﻠﻲ ﱂ‬
‫ﳚﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻷﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺧﱪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪230‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﺃﺗﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﱂ ﳛﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﲰﻴﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﳊﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻴ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺸﻚ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲢﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﲝﺚ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ؟ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻜﺜﺖ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺼﻒ ﱄ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﲝﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﲨﻠﻚ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺧﱪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺘﻚ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺃﺗﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﲨﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎﺧﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺷﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ ‪ ..‬ﹼﰒ‬
‫ﺳﺄﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﰐ ﻓﺄﺗﺎﱐ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺸﺎﺷﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘ‪‬ﺠﻬﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ؟‬
‫ﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﱄ ﺑﻌﲑﺍ ﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺳ ِﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻭﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻜﺮﺩﻓﺎﻥ ﴰﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻔﺤ‪‬ﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﲨﻠﻚ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﻙ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﱰﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻚ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺠﺪ‬
‫ﲨﻠﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪231‬‬
‫ﻚ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﲨﻞ ﺳﺮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻳﺸ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺰﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﺪ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻓﱰﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺿﻴﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻓﻌﻼ ﲨﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﲏ ﱂ ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﺗﻔﻮﻩ ﲞﱪﻩ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻠﹼﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺑﺮﺯﺕ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻍ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﲨﻠﻲ ﻭﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻔﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺳﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻍ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻠﻢ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﲨﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺳﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﺠﻬﻮﺍ ﳓﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ـ ﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻡ ﻭﻓﺎﺩ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻭﻩ ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﻭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺑﻌﲑ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻙ ﻭﺳﺮﻗﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺼﺪﻧﺎﻙ ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﲑﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ‪‬ﺪ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳝﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﳌﻬﻠﺔ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻴ‪‬ﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﻫﺒﺎ‬
‫‪232‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺫﻫﺐ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﺄﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﳓﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺳﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﺻﻴﺐ ﺑﺼﻤﻢ ﰲ ﺃﺫﻧﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺄﻣﺴﻜﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘ‪‬ﻔﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻮﻑ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﻠﻘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺣﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺯﻕ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﺩ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ ﻟﻪ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺮﺯﻕ ﲟﻮﻟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺬﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﺗﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺄﺗﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﺯﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭ‪‬ﺝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻨﺔ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﺮﺯﻕ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺜﺖ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ـ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﲑﺯﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺣﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻗﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﺍ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﳘﺎ ﺃﺷﻘﺎﺀ ﺃﰊ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﺎﺟﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﻠﻐﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪233‬‬
‫ﺇﱐ ﻗﺪ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺜﺮﺓ ﳓﻮﻱ ﳝﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎ ‪‬ﺳﹶﺄ ِﻝ ﺍﷲ ﱄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺄﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺒﻠ ‪‬ﻐﺎ ﺿﺨ ‪‬ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳓﻮ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻐﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﳌﺒﻠﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺷﺘﻌﻠﺖ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﲑ ﺻﺎﱀ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺰﻳﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺮ ﺃﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺪ ﺻﻌﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﲬﺪﺕ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺭ‪‬ﺱ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﰊ ﺯﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﲑﻭﺍﱐ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺭ‪‬ﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﲜﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇ ‪‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺳ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻠﻄﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸ ‪‬ﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪234‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻴﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻳﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﻗﺪﻭﺍ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺗﻼﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻳﺘﻤﻢ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﳝﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳝﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﹼﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺍﺭﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺟﻠﺲ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺟ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺫﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻛﻌﺎﺩ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻴﺨﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺄﺿﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻗﺪ ﺻﻤﺖ ﻷﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ـ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻋﺐﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ؟ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺗﺎﻙ ﺧﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺘﻪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺑﺸﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﺎ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱰﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪235‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﻠﻬﻔﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﻀﻢ ﻳﺼﺮﻉ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻓﲑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﲑ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻭﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤ ‪‬ﺰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻧﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﻧﺘﻔﻮﻩ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺳﻔﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ـ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺪﺩﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﻬﺰﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳓﺲ ﺑﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻧﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﲞﻮﺍﻃﺮﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﺘﻮﱐ ﺑﻜﺴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺿﻌﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳝﺪ ﻳﺪﻩ‪،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﻏﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﲑ؟‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃ ﹼﰎ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺮ‪‬ﻛﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺒﻪ )ﻫﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ( ﺍﳊﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺪﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺪ ﻛﺰﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺫﻭﻭﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻕ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊ ‪‬ﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ﻛﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺭﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﺻﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮ‪‬ﻛﺔ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻡ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ؟‬
‫‪236‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﺠ ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻹﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻭﻳﻜﱪ ﻭﻳﻜﱪ ﻓﺘﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﺮ‪‬ﻛﺎ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻟﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻠﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﻋﺠﺒﺎ؛ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺿﺨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﲢﺖ ﺭﺍﻛﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺭﻛﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺮ ﻏﺮﰊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻘﻮ‪‬ﺗﻪ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻤﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺷﱪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﳒﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺿﺨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺷﺮﻗﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﹼﻤﲏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﲏ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﰐ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﺇﱐ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﺟﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ـ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪237‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺳِﺌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﳚﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﻀﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺻﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﱪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺳﻴﻀﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺣﺠ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﱪﻩ ﲜﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺃﺗﺘﲏ ﺑﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﻦ ﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇ ‪‬ﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻳﻌﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻬ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻖ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻘﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺯ‪‬ﻉ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻬﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﱪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧ‪‬ﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻬﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠﻦ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﲟﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﻬﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺌﻨﺎﻙ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻒ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﺎﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﹼﰎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪238‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺧﻠﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﺎﺯﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺠﺎﳍﺎ ﺯﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﺎ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺿﺨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒﻀﲏ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺗﻀﺎﺀﻟﺖ ﺩﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺮﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺮﺥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺪﺩﺕ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻷﻗﺒﻀﻪ ﻓﺠﺎﻟﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻘﺒﻀﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﺬﺑﲏ ﺟﺬﺑﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺳﺘﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﲪﻠﲏ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﱄ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻩ ﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻜﺘﺖ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﲏ ﻻ ﺃﺑﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﺩﱐ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ ﱄ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﰊ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺯﺭﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﺼﻬﻞ ﺻﻬﻴﻼ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﲡﻒ ﻓﺮﻗﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﺩﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﺻﻠﲏ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﻳﻨﺜﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﺮﺟﻢ ﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ‪‬ﺮ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻮﰐ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﺯﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪239‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺳﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﲟﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻩ ﻓﻘﺮﺃ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺠﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﺪﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﱂ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻌﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺴ‪‬ﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻬﺾ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻜﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﻓﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯ‪‬ﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺌﻼ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﱂ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻌﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﲑﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺧﱠﻠﺼﺘﲏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹼﰎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺪﱐ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﲟﺪﱐ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺘﻤﻪ ﲞﺘﻢ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﻓﺨﺘﻤﻪ ﲞﺘﻢ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪،‬ﰒ ﲪﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻮﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻮﻳﻜﺔ‪،‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪240‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺃﺷﺘﻐﻞ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑـﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼ‪‬ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ ﻣﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﹼﺼﲏ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺰ‪‬ﻗﻚ ﺃﺷﻼﺀﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﹼﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﳜﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻘﺘﻠﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻨﻴ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﺏ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﲢ ‪‬ﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﺖ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲬﺴﲔ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ ﺣﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ‪‬ﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﺞ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﺍﳋﻤﺴﲔ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ ﺣﻠﻮﺏ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﺄﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪241‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻚ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﺯﻛﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻜﺚ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﱂ ﳜﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬﺗﲏ ِﺳ‪‬ﻨ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻜﻮﺙ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﱂ ﳜﱪﻙ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳕﻜﺜﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﺘ‪‬ﺠﻬﲔ ﺻﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺍﻛﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪242‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﺏ ﻭﺻﻮﺏ ﻓﺎﻣﺘﻸﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺣﻮﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﺣﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻘﺪﻭﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﲔ ﻣﻬﻨﺌﲔ ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﲔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ ِﺪِﻗ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻴﺎ ‪‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺭ‪‬ﻳﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﺄﺻﺎﺏ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺩﺍﻩ ﻗﺘﻴﻼ ﻓﺘﻔﺮ‪‬ﻕ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺿ ‪‬ﻊ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻣﺎﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳊﺮﺱ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻴﻞ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻮ ِ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻢ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﻟﱵ‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻄﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺒ‪‬ﻜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺃﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺳﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻴﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﳎﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﲝﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﻦ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻚ ﺳﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺄﰐ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺳﻴﱪ ﺣﻠﻔﻪ ﻭﻗﺴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﳍﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺟﻌﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﲔ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﻓﺴﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺭﺣ‪‬ﺒﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫‪243‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﺍ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻭﻩ ﺑﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ ﺻﻼﺡ ﺳﺎﱂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﳓﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻴﺘﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﳍﻢ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻭﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺿﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺫﺑﻮﻥ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺃﺃﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎ ﳌﺼﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺩﻭﻻ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﲨﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻮ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﱄ ﺑﻚ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪244‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺍﻋﺘﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﳏﻤﺪ ﳒﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻠﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰒ ﺃﲢﺪﺕ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ ﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﱂ ﻳﻨﺲ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺪﺍ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻃﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻳﻔﺎﺩ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﻮﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺰﻟﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻛﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺣ‪‬ﺐ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺤﺼﺖ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﺎﱄ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺮﻯ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺒﺲ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺒﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﱪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﹼﰎ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ؟ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘ‪‬ﺠﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺎ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ؟‬
‫ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺕ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﱪﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻷﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪245‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺇﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﻭﻱ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻧﺰﺍﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﱪ ﰲ ﺛﺎﱐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻻ‬
‫ﳛﻮﺟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻮ‪‬ﺍﻝ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﲑﻱ ﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻷﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﳏﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﺳﺮﺍﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﲰﻊ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﱂ ﳚﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﲔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻏﻀﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻣﻴﲔ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻮﻥ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﳏﺎﻣﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻘﺼﺎ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﺑﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻔﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻯ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪246‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ ﻻﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﱄ ﺑﺎﶈﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺟﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﳏﺎﻣﻴﺎ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﺃﺣﺪ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﺪﺍ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﻪ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻔﻼ ﳏﻜﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻟﻪ ﲞﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﻧﺪﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﺮﺵ ﻣﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﺎ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺻﻔﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﺿﺠﻊ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻓﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﺠﻊ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﰒ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻠﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ‪،‬ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺘﺤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ـ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ـ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺫﻭ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﳋﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﻷﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳉ ‪‬ﻦ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻓﻄﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺒﺲ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫‪247‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﱂ ﺃﱎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﲣﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﻔﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻌﻰ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﲞﻤﺴﲔ ﺟﻨﻴﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﺿﻤﻨﻪ ﲞﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻓﻄﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻄﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺫﻥ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺳﺮﺍﺡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺰﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﴰﺴﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﲤﺘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺭﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﻮﺳﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﲤﺘﺪ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪248‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﻭﳏﺒــﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮﻓﻌﻦ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﻣﲔ ﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣـﺎﺀ ﻏﻴـﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﲣﺮﺟﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺶ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻏﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﲤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣـﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻴﻌـﺔ ﺭﺍﺗــﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺇﻧـﻪ ﺟﺎﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﺤﻜﻦ ﻓﺎﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﻬـﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﺼﻴــﺮﺓ ﺗﺎﺑـﻊ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﻣﻲ ﻛﺴﲑﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻃﺶ ﺿﺎﺋـﻊ‬
‫ﲤﺪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﺗﺘﺎﺑــﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﲔ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﺷﺎﺋـﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻫـﻮ ﺗﺎﺑـﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺫﻥ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺑ ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺑﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺏ ﺃﺷﻌﺚ ﺃﻏﱪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ‪) :‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻷﺑﺮ‪‬ﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻳﺪﻱ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇ ﹼﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﺩﻋﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﱐ ﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺣﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫‪249‬‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻓﻊ ﺩﻳ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﲔ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻃﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻣﻌﻲ ﲬﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺛﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﺷﺤﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻷﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻮﺏ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻣﺪﱐ ﺇﺫ ﺃﺑﺼﺮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻃﻠﺒﲏ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻛﱪﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﻤﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺼﻮﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺪﱐ ﺍﻟﺴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻔﻲ ـ ﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻌﲔ‬
‫‪250‬‬
‫‪‬ﻢ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﲝﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﻮﱐ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﲑﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﹰﻟﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺎﺀﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﳜﱪﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻛﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﺮﺓ ﻭﳓﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﲑﻏﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻓﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﺳﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺎﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﳚﻮﺏ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﺸﲑﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﳎﻨﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﻔﻴﻖ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻜﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻜﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﹼﻤﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪ ﻓﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﱪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺳﻜﺘﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪251‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻓﺎﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﱄ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺤﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳒﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻗﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺗﻮﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﲝﺜﻨﺎ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﺗﻮﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﲨﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺳﺂﺗﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺁﺫﻥ ﱄ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺂﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺭﺗﻴﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺟﻼﺑﻴﺔ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﺴﺪﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻔﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ُﻷ ‪‬ﺩ ِﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﻜﺎﺯﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﺇﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫‪252‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺬﺍ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻤﺖ ﺗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻳﺲ ﺃﺳﺎﻳﺲ ﺳﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺇﱐ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﰊ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﳐﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﲏ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻚ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﱂ ﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺩﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺘﻤﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻠﹼﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻧﻔﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺼﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎﺀﻟﺖ ﺩﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹰﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻓﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻔﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺳﺎﳏﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻫﺠﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻮﺽ‬
‫‪253‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻛﺴﻼ ﺍﳋﺘﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﲑﻏﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﳜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻜﺘﻈﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﻮﺍﺟﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﺎ ﻟﻴﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻨﻬﻢ ﺻﺤﻔﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺳ‪‬ﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻼﻣﻚ ﻭﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﻠﻴﻐﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻫﻀﺎ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﻴﻄﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻻ ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺟﻠﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﲰﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﲑﻏﲏ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮ ّ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻫﺎ‬
‫א א‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪254‬‬
‫ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﺣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺣ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻀِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﺍﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻜﻤﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻔﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻔﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻔﻀﺎﺽ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻀﺎﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﺘﲏ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﻟﺪﺗﻚ ﻷﺳﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﲪﻞ ﻋﻜﺎﺯﰐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺍﻋﻄﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲪﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺎﺯﺓ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺎﺯﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﲡﻠﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻀﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﳐﺎﻃﺒﺎ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻣﻢ ﺗﻐﻀﺐ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻣﻜﺜﺘﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ؟‬
‫‪255‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻔﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ‬
‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ؟ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﹼﻤﲏ ﳍﺎ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺭﰊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﱄ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻣﺬﺗﻚ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﳋﺪﻣﺘﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺧﻴ‪‬ﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﳚﻠﺴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻚ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﻠﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻚ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﹼﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻏﻀﺒﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻚ ﻃﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻼﻣﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺷﻜﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‬
‫‪،‬א‬
‫‪. 65‬‬
‫‪256‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺇﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﺣﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻀﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺳﺤﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻓﻼﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻻﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻓﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻌﺠ‪‬ﺐ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻏﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﰲ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﺑﺎ ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻓﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﰊ ﻭﺟﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪257‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺳﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﻈﻪ ﰒ ‪‬ﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﻋﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﲏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﹼﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺖ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﰊ ﻭﺟﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻚ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻙ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﺠﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜـﻴﻞ ﻛـﻴﻠـــــﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻳﺸﻴــﻞ ﺷﻴﻠــــﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻣــﻼﻙ ﺍﻟــﺮﲪﺔ ﺗـﺄﰐ ﻟﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸـﺮﻉ ﺗﺒﺠﻴﻠــــﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺃﻫــﻞ ﺟﻴﻠــﻪ ﻣﻜـﺎﺷﻔﻴﻨـﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻤــﺢ ﻧﻴﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻗﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪258‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﱪﻭﻗﺔ ﻣﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﺩﻧﻮﻣﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻧﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﻧﻮ ﻓﺪﻧﻮﺕ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﺎﺩﺕ ﺭﻛﺒﱵ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺲ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺗﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺠﻮﺯ ﻣﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻬﺎ ﺭﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺩﱐ ﻓﺪﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺭﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺴﻴﺘﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺴﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮﺭﺕ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺴﻴﺘﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺃﻧﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﳌﹼﺎ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻃﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ـ ﺃﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻏﺎﺩﺭﺗﻚ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺴﻴﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪259‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﻢ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﻘﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻜﱪ ﺳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻭﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻤﻠﺖ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﳎﻠﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻷﲢﺴﺲ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻳﺎﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻳﺎﺑﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﲰﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻻﻧﻄﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺧﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻮﺵ ﺃﻧﺎﺩﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺒﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺣﲑﺓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻳﲏ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺖ ﲢﺒﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺖ؟‬
‫ﻓﺨﺎﻃﺒﲏ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲡﺪﱐ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺄﻟﲏ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺣﻠﻔﺘﻚ ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻷﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻮﺑﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺟﻮﺑﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪260‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﱐ ﲝﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻘﻂ ﺻﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻻ ﺣﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺮﻉ ﺇﺧﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺬﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻗﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﱂ‬
‫ﳝﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ..‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺮ‪‬ﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺩ‪‬ﺏ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻤﻊ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻴﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻘﺾ ﻭﺿﻮﺅﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﻮﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳـﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﻭﺣـﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉـﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺷـﺎﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌـﻢ ﻏـﺰﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻓـﺄﻭﻋﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘــﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﺎﻫـﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺟــﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻭﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻀـﻜﻢ ﻧﻌــﻢ ﻏﺰﻳﺮ‬
‫‪261‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻀﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﲜﺴﻤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳛﺼﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﻮﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻨﻴﻒ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻜﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺪﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻭﻭﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﱘ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﻔﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻸﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺃﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﻛﻔﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻏﺰﻳﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻜﺖ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ـ ﻭﳘﺎ ﳜﻮﺿﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺿﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﺤﻀﺮﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺡ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺧﻮﳍﻢ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻓﻨﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻬﻲ ﳍﻢ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻬﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪262‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺪﺍﺡ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﻨﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻭﺍﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺿﻌﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﺑﻨﱪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻧﺼﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺻﱯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﲣﺎﻑ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺨﺎﻑ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﺿﻊ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻚ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻣﺪﺩﳘﺎ‬
‫ﱄ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺝ ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺟﻠﻲ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻬﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺝ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﻠﺖ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪..‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﻠﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﱃ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻔﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫‪263‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻄﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻇ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻐﻼ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﲣﺎﻟﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﺘﺤﺮﻕ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻄﺐ ﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﲤﺖ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻼ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﰒ ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻟﻘﻠﺖ ﻛﻔﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳏﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺜﺖ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﺍﱐ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺒﻄﻴﺎ ﺣﺎﺋﺰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﺰﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺻﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺪﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺎﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻔﲑ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺳﻜﺮ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﺻﻔﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﻴﻪ‬
‫ﳑﻠﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﺍﺛﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺻ ‪‬‬
‫‪264‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺈﺻﺒﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺷﺮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻﻳﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ‬
‫ﰒﺻ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻭﺳﻠﹼﻤﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ )ﺛﺎﻧﻜﻴﻮ ﻓﲑﻱ ﻣﻄﺶ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﺷﻜﺮﻙ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻭﻏﻤﺮ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀﻳﻦ ﻓﺄﻫﺮﹶﻗﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮ ‪‬ﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﺻﻤﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺗﺸﻔﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﺍﱐ‪ :‬ﻭﺩﺩﺕ ﻟﻮ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﺍﱐ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺳﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺷﺄﻥ ﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺫﻫﻠﲏ ﻭﺣﻴ‪‬ﺮﱐ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺩﻑ ﳒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﻛﺸﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﳏﺎﺿﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳﻪ ﻭﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﺳﲑﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﻨﻴﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﳎﺎﻟﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻌﻔﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪265‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻐﺴﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻐﺘﺴﻞ ﲟﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺑﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﻳﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﺒ‪‬ﻘﻬﺎ ﰒ ﳛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﺮ ﻣﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻊ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪) :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻬﻀﻚ ﲝﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﲟﻘﺎﻟﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻡ ﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﻳﺎ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺛـﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋـﻄﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﻇﺮﻓﺎ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﻬـﻢ ﺭﺍﻗـﲏ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻭﺩﻱ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﳑـﻦ ﳚـﺮ ﺫﻳـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻣﻔﺘﺨـﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﺯﺍﻝ ﴰﻠﻲ ‪‬ـﻢ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﳎﺘﻤـﻌﺎ ﻭﺫﻧﺒﻨـﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻌــﻔﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻐﺘﻔــﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺘﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻣﺴﺒﺤﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻼ ﺃﻭ ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫‪266‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺬﺑﺢ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﳌﺆﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻮﻡ ﺭﺟﺐ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻛﱪﻯ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﳋﻨﻔﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺪﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﳋﻨﻔﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﲝﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻴﻼ ﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻨﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪1920‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﻞ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺘﲔ )ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻨﻔﺮﻳﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺭﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﺮ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻔﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺪﻱ ﳛﺘﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺒﻜﹼﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺎﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻳﻐﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ‪‬ﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪267‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﺤﺘﻪ ﺃﺧﺬﺗﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻛﺾ ﳓﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﺪﺭ ﳚﻠﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻉ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻌﺪﻭ ﲞﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺠﻼ ﳓﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎ ﻭﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻬﻴﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺰﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺎﺯﺓ ﳉﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﲣﺎﻑ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﺭ ﳉﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻼﺓ ﲟﺴﺒﺤﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺫﻫﺐ ﶈﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻔﺎ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻨﻔﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻄﻖ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﺼﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺠ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ )ﻫﻠﻮﺩﺓ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﺻﺤﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻫﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻜﻤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪268‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺎﺯﺓ ﻻ ﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻛﻌﻜﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪1975‬ﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﻤﺰﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺼﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﳝ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻨﻔﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺑﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺯﻭﺭﻙ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪ ﹼﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻼﺣﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺛﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﲏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻀﻊ ﻟﻴﺎﱄ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻫﺠﻠﻴﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻸﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﺠﻬﺖ ﺻﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻷﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﳝﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻫﺸﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﺪﱃ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﻎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﺠﻠﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺠﻬﺖ ﳓﻮ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﺸﺎﺏ ﻷﻥ ﲦﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺄﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﳛﺮﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻘﻄﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺱ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﳋﻨﻔﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪269‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺘﻌﺪﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﺳﺪﺍ ﻳﺮﻛﺾ ﳓﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻭﻟﲏ ﺳﻴﻔﺎ ﻓﺮﻓﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻐﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺰﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺰﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺎﺭ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺒـــﺎﻝ ﻧﻘــﺼﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉـﺒﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛـﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﰲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘــﺬﻛﲑ ﻓـﺨﺮ ﻟﻠـﻬﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻌﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪‬ﺾ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﰲ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻟﻴﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺰ‪‬ﻭﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﻭﺻﻔﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﻷﺗﺮﺣﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻨﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺮﻳﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺫﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺍﺣﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﻳﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪270‬‬
‫]‪< <Œ^ŠÖ]<h^fÖ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫‪271‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻﻫﻦ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﳒﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﳎﺬﻭﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ‬
‫ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺇﻻﻭﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺿﺎﻉ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲝﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﲑ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻﲣﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ؟‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳋﻮﻓﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ‬
‫ﲜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺫﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻀﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﲰﻌﻪ ﺗﺮﻗﺐ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﰲ ﺇﱃ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪272‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺑﺘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻛﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺗﺰﻭﺝ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲞﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﱡﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺙ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺗﺰﻭﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺳﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﳒﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻛﻮﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺋﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺭﺓ ـ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻄﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪273‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﺤﻔﻈﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺃﻭﺍ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﱂ‬
‫ﳛﻔﻈﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﺃ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻄﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﳜﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺮﺃ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻧﺬﺭ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲝﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﲎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﳔﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻠﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺒﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﺰﻣﻞ ﻓﻘﺮﺃﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻲ ﻓﺪﺭ‪‬ﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﰊ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﲑﻭﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﰲ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳛﻔﻆ ﻣﺘﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺫﻕ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻠﻘﺐ )ﺑﺈﻛﻠﻴﻞ( ﳊﻔﻈﻪ ﳌﱳ ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻢ ﺧﺘﻤﺔ ﺧﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﺛﻨﺘﲔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﺮﺃﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﲜﺰﺋﻴﻪ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﱳ ﻭﻓﻬ ‪‬ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺘـﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻴﻨﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ؟‬
‫‪274‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻗﺮﺃﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻼ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﺘﻪ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺋﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺙ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﺧﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﺍ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ( ﻭﻗﺪﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﲤﻜﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳊﺞ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻘﻘﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﲔ ِﺑ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻭ ﻭﲤﻬﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺣﺬﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﳝﺘﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ ﲤﺘﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺟﺒﻠﺔ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﺛﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺟﺪﺍﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﺮﺱ ﻟﻸﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺑﺬﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫‪275‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺃﻏﺎﱄ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﻊ ﳊﺪﻳﺜﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺛﻮﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪‬ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺟ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻧﻔﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺍﻛﻌﺎ ﺳﺎﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﱴ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺤﲏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺱ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﻼﻻ ﻃﻴﺒﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺪ‪‬ﺍﻩ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺳِﺌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﱭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﲑﺓ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﳍ ‪‬ﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﺫﺍ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺃﲰﻊ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﺭ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪276‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲞﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺔ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺸﺐ ﺧﻼﻑ ﰲ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻉ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻓﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﺠﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻌﲏ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳍﻢ ﻟﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﺟﻌﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺻﻴـﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺧﺼﺎﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻷﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳـﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻗﻖ ﻭﻣﻘــﺮ ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻭﳝﻴــﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺣﻼﻟـﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﺍﻣـﻪ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴـﺬﻩ ﻳﻨﻘﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﲢﺖ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﺍ ﺧﲑﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻃﻠﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﺎﻛﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻘﻤﻴﺺ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻓﺸﻢ ﺭﳛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪ ،1·Á ¹Wï Cú >¿ ï ·—K¿ jð ¿ c‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ ‪î ï jï Uî ¥Á Wï‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ô G¿¿ lúó ™Á  :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﲔ ﺣﺼﻠﺘﺎ ﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪،،‬א‬
‫‪.94‬‬
‫‪277‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﳘﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻣﺪﻗﻖ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻄﻦ ﺣﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺻ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻏﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ‬
‫ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻣﻀﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪﱐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﳊﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳋﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﱄ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﱄ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﻴﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺰﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎ‪. ،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﹼﻤﲏ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﻓﺤﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ ﲝﺜﺘﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻜﻴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻛﻠﻴﻞ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫‪278‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﺧﻄﲑﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺃﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻃﺊ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﺃﺟﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻢ ﱄ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻢ ﲜﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﲞﻄﻮﺭﺗﻨﺎ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﺆﲤﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺰﺏ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻷﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻬﻢ ﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ؟‬
‫ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳊﺎﺡ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻜﹼﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺰﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﰐ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳛﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﻋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻔﻜﺮﰐ ﲡﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻜﺖ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﺒﺚ ﺑﺒﻨﺖ ﺷﻔﺔ ﳓﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﺮﻓﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺟﺪ ﺧﻄﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳕﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﳊﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻃﺒﲏ ﺑﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺮﻓﲏ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺗﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪279‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺼﺖ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺘﲔ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﻷﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺋﺨﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺪ‪‬ﻫﻢ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﱘ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﲜﺬﺏ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰ ﻷﺧﺮﺟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻓﺎﻕ ﻟﻮﻗﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﲝﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﻮﻋﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﻹﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻓﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻚ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ـ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻤﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺇﱐ ﺳﺄﻓﺼﻠﻚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪280‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﲰﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻴﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺤﺴﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱘ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺮﺑﺘﲔ ﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﻤﻪ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱘ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﻥ ﻏﺪﺍ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻷﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺣﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﱂ ﳚﺪ‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺍﳋﻔﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﺪ ﹼﰎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺠﻼ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺛﻼ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻔﲑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺸﲔ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻼ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫)ﻟﻮﻟﻮ( ﺇﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﺩﻩ ‪..‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻻ‬
‫‪281‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺇﺧﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻭﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲣﺺ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﳎﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻳﺮﻛﺾ ﳓﻮﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﺮﱐ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ؛ ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻜﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺃﺧﻮﻙ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺲ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﳓﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺪﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻩ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﳍﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﱄ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻜﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻲﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻜﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪282‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺇﺫ ﺃﺣﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﺄﱂ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺻﺒﺎﺣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﱂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺭ‪‬ﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﻀﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﴰﺲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﳌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻧﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻧﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﻨﺘﺎﺭﺍ ـ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺩﻓﺎﻥ ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﺱ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﺝ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ ﰒ ﻏﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﲟﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻮﻳﻜﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻋﺪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﳌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻋﺪﻧﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﲡﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﺑﻊ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﰒ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﲝﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﳓﻮ ﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﲟﻜﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﳒﻊ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻛﺒﻮﺍ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻛﺒﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺘﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻫﺪﻭﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪283‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﳎﻴﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻜﺖ ﻷﻧﲏ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﱄ ﺑﺎﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻌﻜﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻩ ﺃﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻌﻜﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﰲ ـ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ ﺃﱐ ﻻ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﲏ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﱐ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﱂ ﺃﺧﱪﻙ ﲟﻮﻋﺪ ﳎﻴﺌﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﱐ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﲤﺮ ﺑﺄﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﺩﻋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺸﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺲ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺴﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻨﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﺮﻗﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﻨﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ‬
‫‪284‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺃﺧﱪﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺩ ﺑﻼﻝ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻇﻨﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻜﺚ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﱂ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﰲ ﺇﱃ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ـ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻉ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻧﺎ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ ﳜﱪﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺏ ﺍﳉﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻮ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﲢﻘﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻼ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﻼﻣﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﲝﺬﺍﻓﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ ﲟﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺭﻳﻔﻲ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺜﺖ ‪‬ﺎ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻲ ﻛﺒﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﻧﻘﻠﻲ ﻷﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺜﺖ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻧﺎﺋﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﴰﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪285‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﲟﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻓﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻨﺎﺋﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﴰﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﱂ ﳛﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻏﺎﺿﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺘﻚ ﻓﺎﲢﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﺃﺯﻋﺠﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﱄ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻮﺍﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﻧﺎﺋﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻔﺰﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻭﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻟﻨﺎﺋﺒﻪ ﲝﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺟﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﱄ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﻊ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺎﳏﺘﻚ ﺳﺄﻧﻘﻠﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﻨﺎﺩﺍﱐ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺭﺟﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻀﺐ ﳑﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪286‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ ﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳕﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻮﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻤﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺟﺮﺳﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﱂ ﺃﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﲰﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﲟﺠﻠﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﺒﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻴﺘﻘﻈﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫‪287‬‬
‫ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻓﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻀﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﺜﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻫﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﲟﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﻠﺒﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻏﺪﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺳﺘﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻏﺮﺓ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﻳﻔﻲ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻬﺪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﱪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﱃ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻤﲔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻛﻮﺳﱵ ﺭﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪288‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻰ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺭﻛﺒﺔ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺳﺮﺍﺣﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺘﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺳﻴﻤﻜﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺳﺘﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﲔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻘﺐ ﺑﺄﰊ ﺳﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﲪﺎﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺹ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﲞﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻠﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ )ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻜﻤﺖ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺗﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻠﲏ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻛﻌﻜﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﲰﻌﺖ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪289‬‬
‫ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﳓﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳊﻠﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﴰﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺡ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻗﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻫﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺘﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﳛﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﻪ ﻣﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﳊﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺣﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺟﺎﻣﻠﺘﻚ ﺳﺄﻧﻘﻠﻚ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﳊﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺳﺘﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﻮﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻓﺨﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﺮﻓﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﱂ ﺟﺌﺖ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﺟﺌﺖ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻷﻋﺮﻑ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺰﻋﺎﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻳﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‬
‫‪290‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﳉﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﲔ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻜﺚ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺟﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﻣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺄﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻔﻄﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﻐﻴﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﲔ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﲪﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺷﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻻ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺿﺎﻃﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻼ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺯﺍﻋﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳌﺎ ﺃﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺒﻮﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‬
‫‪291‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺮﺋﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺎﻛﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﻜﻤﺖ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺷﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻣﲏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﺠﲔ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﻩ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺟﺮﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻﺯﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺎﻣﲔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺖ ﻻ ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺋﻪ ﻟﻠﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻻ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﺧﺬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺑ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻄﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﺮﻳﻔﺎ )ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﻑ( ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ )ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﻒ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﺔ ﺳﺄﻗﺴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳝﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻟﻒ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭﱐ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪292‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻬﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﳌﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﳌﻼﻗﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻄﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﲜﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﱪ ﲜﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺣﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ ﱂ ﳛﺴﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﲑﺣﻞ ﺑﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻉ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﳌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺳﲑﺣﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻼ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﳌﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﰱ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ﻭﺍﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻟﺔ ﲣﺺ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﲟﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﺃﺷﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻣﻬﻤﻢ ﻭﲰﺢ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﳌﺰﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪293‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺪ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﱀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺩﺍﻋﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻫﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺻﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻭﺩ‪‬ﻋﻪ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺭ‪‬ﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻀﻤﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﳌﻨﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺷﺤﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﱂ ﺗﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎ ﺑﻌﺮﺑﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻓﻤﱪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻭﺳﺘﲔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺃﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﺍﻷﱂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﲢﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ‪.‬‬
‫‪294‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻓﺎﺿﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺭﺋﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺮﺍ ﺣﺎﻓﻼ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺍﳋﲑﺓ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﻋﺎ ﻋﻔﻴﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻓﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺬﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﳚﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻔﻖ ﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ‪ ..‬ﺃﻻ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺳﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪295‬‬
296
‫ﺧﺎﺗـﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺷﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻝ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﻴﺌﺎ ﳌﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺞ ‪‬ﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏــﻮﺛﺎ ﻛــﺒﲑ ﻳـﺎ ﺃﺣﺒـﺎﺏ ﺭﺷﻴـﺪﺍ ﻣــﺎ ﻋــﻄــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴـﻢ ﺳﻨـﺔ ﻭﻛــﺘـــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﷲ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺒــــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﻛﺎﺋﺰﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﱰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺪﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻭﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺀ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺼﻮﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺧﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻼﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻰ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﻋﻰ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺯﺭﻉ ﺍﷲ ﳏﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﻴﺌﺎ ﳌﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﰉ ﳌﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺿﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪297‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻫـﻢ ﺍﳌـﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ ﻭﻏﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻲ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫ﻷﰊ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﰊ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﱐ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻬﺎﱐ‬
‫‪ 11‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻅ ﺍﳍﻤﻢ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ 13‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫)ﺃ( ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺠﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫‪298‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫)ﺏ( ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺤﺢ‬
‫ﺃﰊ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﺯﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﻟﻠﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﰊ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺸﲑﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪299‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬــﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺮ ‪03 ..........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ ‪05 ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪07 ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪16 .....................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ‪28 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ‪28.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫‪34 .................‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ‪37 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺑﺂﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ‪43 .............................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻔﻈﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫‪54 ...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ‪60 ........................‬‬
‫‪61 ........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺍﺧﺮ ‪63 ..................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ‬
‫‪300‬‬
‫‪62 .................................‬‬
‫‪98 .................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﻲ ‪149 ..................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺏ ‪149 .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻡ ‪147 ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪151 .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ‪151 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ‪154 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻡ‪158 .............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ‪172 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ‪162 ...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻡ‪172 ..............................‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ‪172 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ ‪177 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻄﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ‪181 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﳉﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ‪184 .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻦ ‪184 ..................................................................‬‬
‫‪301‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﹼﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪196 ......................................................‬‬
‫‪266 ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﲤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ‪272 ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ‪273 .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ ‪290 ......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ ‪297 ................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻫ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪298 .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ ‪300 ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪302‬‬